WO2023147735A1 - Communication method, apparatus and system - Google Patents

Communication method, apparatus and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023147735A1
WO2023147735A1 PCT/CN2022/132762 CN2022132762W WO2023147735A1 WO 2023147735 A1 WO2023147735 A1 WO 2023147735A1 CN 2022132762 W CN2022132762 W CN 2022132762W WO 2023147735 A1 WO2023147735 A1 WO 2023147735A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
node
information
sending
communication
sending node
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/132762
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
何青春
程型清
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023147735A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023147735A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication method, device and system.
  • the BMS mainly includes a battery control unit (which can be referred to as the main control board) and battery management unit (may be referred to as slave board for short).
  • a management node also referred to as a sending node hereinafter
  • a terminal node also referred to as a receiving node hereinafter
  • communication and interaction can be performed between the management node and the terminal node.
  • the terminal node may send the cell information to the management node.
  • the premise of the communication interaction between the management node and the terminal node is to establish a communication connection.
  • the management node In order to establish a communication connection between the terminal node and the management node, the management node needs to periodically send a broadcast message, so that the terminal node establishes a communication connection with the terminal node based on the broadcast message. In this way, the management node will consume a large amount of energy. Therefore, how to reduce the energy consumption of the management node is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, device, and system for reducing energy consumption of management nodes in a battery management system (battery management system, BMS).
  • BMS battery management system
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a first communication method, which can be applied to the sending node, and can also be applied to components in the sending node (such as processors, chips, or chip systems, etc.), the method includes: sending First information, the first information includes connection configuration information, the connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the receiving node and the sending node; when determining that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node reaches a first threshold , to perform the first action.
  • the first operation includes one of the following: stop sending the first information; or, send updated first information, and the updated first information does not include the connection configuration information; or send Second information, where the second information includes the connection configuration information and an indicator, and the indicator is used to indicate that the receiving node (or the node that has received the second information) is prohibited from establishing new communication with the sending node Connecting and/or disabling receiving nodes from scanning said sending nodes.
  • "prohibiting the receiving node from establishing a new communication connection with the sending node” can be understood as prohibiting the receiving node from sending a connection establishment request to the sending node, or it can be understood that the sending node cannot provide more wireless access points for the receiving node (access point, AP) information or base station information to achieve load balancing or access control status.
  • "prohibit the receiving node from scanning the sending node” can be understood as all the information or available services of the sending node have been sent, and the receiving node is prohibited from sending a scanning request to the sending node, and the scanning request can be used Or, it can be understood that the sending node cannot provide more wireless AP information or base station information to the receiving node to achieve load balancing or access control status.
  • the receiving node here refers to a node that receives the second information.
  • first information and second information both carry the information (that is, connection configuration information) required for establishing a communication connection between the sending node and the receiving node, but some information elements contained in the first information and the second information (for example, the indication marks) are different, or the second information carries more information than the first information, and the present application does not limit specific differences.
  • both the first information and the second information are broadcast messages
  • both the first information and the second message include an indicator
  • the indicator in the first information is used to indicate that the receiving node is allowed to establish a new communication connection with the sending node and/or Or the receiving node is allowed to scan the sending node
  • the indication in the second information is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • allowing the receiving node to create a new communication connection with the sending node can be understood as allowing the receiving node to send a connection establishment request to the sending node, or it can be understood that the sending node can also provide more information for the receiving node. Status of multi-AP information or base station information.
  • "allowing the receiving node to scan the sending node” can be understood as the sending node's information or available services have not been sent, allowing the receiving node to send a scanning request to the sending node, and the scanning request can be used to request other information or services; or , it can be understood that the sending node is in a state where it can provide more wireless AP information or base station information for the receiving node.
  • the receiving node here may refer to a node that has received corresponding information.
  • the updated first information is mainly reflected in that the connection configuration information is removed relative to the above-mentioned first information including the connection configuration information. Further, there may be other time- or flow-related differences between the updated first information and the above-mentioned first information including connection configuration information, which are not specifically limited in this application.
  • the sending node is a management node in the BMS
  • the receiving node is a terminal node in the BMS.
  • the sending node when the sending node (that is, the management node) detects that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with it reaches the first threshold, it performs the first operation (that is, stops sending the first information containing the connection configuration information 1. Send the updated first information (not including the connection configuration information) or send the second information including the connection configuration information and the indication identifier). Wherein, by stopping sending the first information, the energy consumption of the sending node can be effectively reduced; or, by sending the updated first information (that is, the first information that does not include the connection configuration information), the transmission node's to-be-sent The information volume of the information can effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • the indication is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node, so for those who have not yet established communication with the sending node If the connected nodes do not receive the first information or receive the updated first information or receive the second information, they may prevent or prohibit these nodes from camping within the management range or coverage of the sending node. Stay or establish a communication connection with the sending node to further effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • the connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
  • “communication domain” refers to a management area or coverage area centered on the sending node. In this management area or coverage area, the receiving node can establish a communication connection with the sending node, and carry out information exchange.
  • communication domain domain name refers to the name of the node that provides communication services in the management area or coverage area, for example, it can be at least one of the node name of the sending node, the name of the AP, the name of the base station, or the name of the server ;
  • Communication Domain Identity refers to the identity of the node that provides communication services in this management area or coverage area, for example, it can be at least one of the node identity of the sending node, the identity of the AP, the identity of the base station, or the identity of the server;
  • Layer 2 link identifier refers to "the identifier formed by Ethernet uniquely identifying the sending node on the layer 2 link, for example, it can be an identifier formed by 16 bits or 48 bits;
  • physical layer identifier refers to the corresponding physical layer of the sending node logo.
  • the method further includes: determining that a first condition is met; sending first information; wherein the first condition includes at least one of the following: determining that the current The number of the target receiving nodes with which the sending node successfully establishes communication connections is less than the first threshold, the communication link between the sending node and any node in the target receiving nodes is abnormal, and the target receiving nodes in the Any node is in a disconnected state, a battery cell associated with any node in the target receiving node is abnormal, a communication resource of the sending node is updated, or the first threshold is updated.
  • any node in the target receiving node is in a non-connected state means that no air interface connection (such as radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) connection, or any resource control (everything resource control, XRC) connection), that is, any node in the target receiving node is in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the communication resources of the sending node include access resources and/or common channel parameter configurations.
  • the access resource includes the time resource and frequency resource configured by the sending node for the receiving node to establish a communication connection
  • the common channel parameter configuration includes the common channel resource required for the sending node to communicate with the receiving node
  • the common channel resource includes time domain , frequency domain, air domain, or any configuration in frequency hopping.
  • the sending node when the first condition is met (for example, it is determined that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold), the sending node can send the above-mentioned first information, so that other receiving nodes A communication connection can be established with the sending node, so that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node reaches the first threshold as soon as possible, which can effectively reduce the waste of communication resources of the sending node.
  • the first condition for example, it is determined that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold
  • the above communication method further includes: determining that the number of target receiving nodes has not reached the first threshold within the first preset time period, and performing a second operation; wherein the second operation includes reporting to the first receiving node at least one of the abnormal information of the first receiving node, reporting the abnormal information of the cell associated with the first receiving node, stopping sending the first information, or adjusting the cycle of sending the first information; A receiving node that has successfully established a communication connection with a sending node.
  • the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • the second operation is to report the abnormal information of the first receiving node and/or the abnormal information of the batteries associated with the first receiving node, so that the BMS can handle the abnormality in time, thereby effectively prolonging the duration of the first receiving node and/or the first receiving node. The service life of the cell associated with a receiving node.
  • the sending node can report the abnormality information of the first receiving node and/or the abnormality information of the batteries associated with the first receiving node to the battery control unit in the BMS, and then the battery control unit can generate corresponding control instructions, and pass The sending node sends to the first receiving node to perform corresponding operations on the first receiving node (for example, power off) and/or perform corresponding operations on the battery associated with the first receiving node (for example, power off, charge, or any of the discharges).
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a second communication method, which can be applied to the sending node, and can also be applied to components in the sending node (such as processors, chips, or chip systems, etc.), the method includes : Sending first information in a first time window, where the first information includes connection first configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the first node belonging to the first group and the sending node; wherein the The first group corresponds to the first time window; within the first time window, when it is determined that the number of first target nodes in the first group that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node reaches a first threshold , to perform the first action.
  • a second communication method which can be applied to the sending node, and can also be applied to components in the sending node (such as processors, chips, or chip systems, etc.)
  • the method includes : Sending first information in a first time window, where the first information includes connection first configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used to establish a
  • the first operation includes one of the following: stop sending the first information; or, send updated first information, and the updated first information does not include the first connection configuration information; or , sending second information, where the second information includes the first connection configuration information and a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate that the receiving node (the node that receives the second information) is prohibited from communicating with the The sending node establishes a new communication connection and/or prohibits the receiving node from scanning the sending node; wherein the first threshold is a threshold corresponding to the first time window.
  • the sending node is the management node in the BMS
  • the first node is the terminal node in the first group managed by the management node in the BMS (the receiving node).
  • the updated first information is mainly reflected in that the first connection configuration information is removed relative to the first information including the first connection configuration information. Further, there may be other time- or flow-related differences between the updated first information and the above-mentioned first information including the first connection configuration information, which are not specifically limited in this application.
  • first information and second information both carry information (for example, first connection configuration information) required for establishing a communication connection between the first node and the sending node, but some of the information contained in the first information and the second information
  • the information units for example, indications
  • the second information carries more information than the first information, and the present application does not limit specific differences.
  • both the first information and the second information are broadcast messages
  • both the first information and the second message include the first indication
  • the first indication in the first information is used to indicate that the receiving node and the sending node are allowed to create new The communication connection and/or allowing the receiving node to scan the sending node
  • the first indication in the second information is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • the sending node that is, the management node
  • execute The first operation that is, stop sending the first information including the first connection configuration information, send the updated first information (not including the first connection configuration information), or send the second information including the first connection configuration information and the first indication any of the items.
  • the first operation that is, stop sending the first information including the first connection configuration information, send the updated first information (not including the first connection configuration information), or send the second information including the first connection configuration information and the first indication any of the items.
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node. node, therefore, for a receiving node that has not established a communication connection with the sending node in the first packet, if the first information is not received within the first time window or the updated first information is received or the The second information can prevent or prohibit these receiving nodes from residing in the management area or coverage area of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, so as to further effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • the sending node may also send third information in the second time window, the third information includes second connection configuration information, and the second connection configuration information is used to belong to the second node.
  • the second node of the group establishes a communication connection with the sending node; wherein, the second group corresponds to the second time window, and there is no overlapping time resource between the first time window and the second time window, and /or, the same node does not exist in the first group and the second group; within the second time window, determine the second node in the second group that currently successfully establishes a communication connection with the sending node
  • a third operation is performed, and the third operation includes one of the following: stop sending the third information; send updated third information, and the updated third information
  • the second connection configuration information is not included; or, fourth information is sent, the fourth information includes the second connection configuration information and a second indicator, and the second indicator is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from communicating with the The sending
  • the energy consumption of the sending node can be effectively reduced; or by sending the updated third information, the amount of information to be sent by the sending node is reduced, and the energy consumption of the sending node can be effectively reduced. energy consumption.
  • the receiving node in the second group that has not established a communication connection with the sending node, if the third information is not received within the second time window or the updated third information is received or the first Four information can prevent or prohibit these receiving nodes from residing in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, further effectively reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • both the third information and the fourth information above carry the information (such as the second connection configuration information) required for the second node to establish a communication connection with the sending node, but some information contained in the third information and the fourth information
  • the information units for example, indications
  • the fourth information carries more information than the third information, and the present application does not limit specific differences.
  • both the third information and the fourth information are broadcast messages
  • both the third information and the fourth message include the second indicator
  • the second indicator in the third information is used to indicate that the second node and the sending node are allowed Create a communication connection and/or allow the second node to scan the sending node
  • the second indication in the fourth information is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • the content of the first information is the same as that of the third information
  • the content of the second information is the same as that of the fourth information.
  • the difference is that the first information and the second information are sent within the first time window, and the third information and the fourth information are sent within the first time window.
  • first time window or “second time window” in this embodiment of the application can be defined by one or more of the following information: start time, time offset of start time, deadline, The time offset, period, and window length of the deadline.
  • start time time offset of start time
  • deadline The time offset
  • period time offset
  • window length window length of the deadline.
  • “there is no overlapping time resource between the first time window and the second time window” it can be understood that the time resources corresponding to the first time window and the second time window can be continuous, or there is a predetermined If intervals are provided, this embodiment of the present application does not make specific limitations.
  • the sending node can manage the receiving nodes in groups, so that the communication resources of the sending node are allocated reasonably, and the management granularity of the sending node is finer, which is convenient for the sending node to control the receiving node.
  • the first connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
  • the second connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
  • first connection configuration information, second connection configuration information, and connection configuration information in the first communication method are all key information for establishing a communication connection between the sending node and the receiving node.
  • first connection configuration information is used for the first node belonging to the first group to establish a communication connection with the sending node
  • second connection configuration information is used for the second node belonging to the second group to establish a communication connection with the sending node
  • connection configuration The information is used by all receiving nodes to establish a communication connection with said sending node.
  • the method further includes: within the first time window, determining that a first condition is met; sending the first information; wherein the first condition Including at least one of the following: determining that the number of the first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold; The communication link of the first target node is abnormal, any node in the first target node is in a disconnected state, the battery cell associated with any node in the first target node is abnormal, the communication resource of the sending node is updated, or the second target node A threshold update.
  • the method further includes: within the first time window, determining that the number of the first target nodes has not reached the first threshold, and performing a second operation; wherein the first The second operation includes reporting the abnormal information of the third node, reporting the abnormal information of the batteries associated with the third node, stopping sending the first information, or adjusting at least one of the periods for sending the first information;
  • the third node is a node in the first group that fails to establish a communication connection with the sending node within the first time window.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, which can be applied to the first node, and can also be applied to components (such as processors, chips, or chip systems, etc.) in the management node, including: In the first time window, receiving first information, the first information includes first connection configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the first node belonging to the first group and the sending node, and the first connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection with the sending node.
  • a communication method which can be applied to the first node, and can also be applied to components (such as processors, chips, or chip systems, etc.) in the management node, including: In the first time window, receiving first information, the first information includes first connection configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the first node belonging to the first group and the sending node, and the first connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection with the sending node.
  • a group corresponds to the first time window; after successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node, perform any of the following: do not receive the first information during the remaining time of the first time window, and do not receive the first information during the first time window
  • the first information is not received at a time outside a time window; updated first information is received within the remaining time of the first time window, and the updated first information does not include the first connection configuration or receive second information within the remaining time of the first time window, where the second information includes the first connection configuration information and a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate prohibition of receiving
  • the node establishes a communication connection with the sending node and/or prohibits the receiving node from scanning the sending node.
  • the first node in the first group receives the first information in its corresponding first time window, and after successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node, within the remaining time of the first time window not receiving the first information, and not receiving the first information at times outside the first time window; receiving updated first information within the remaining time of the first time window, the updated The subsequent first information does not include the first connection configuration information; or, receiving second information within the remaining time of the first time window, the second information includes the first connection configuration information and the first indication An identifier, where the first indication identifier is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node. In this way, the energy consumption of the sending node is effectively reduced.
  • the first connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the device may be a sending node, or may be a chip, an integrated circuit, or a chip system for the sending node.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned first aspect or various possible designs based on the first aspect, or, the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned second aspect or various possible designs based on the second aspect, and the function can be realized by hardware , can also be realized by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the device may be a first node, or may be a chip, an integrated circuit, or a chip system for the first node.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above third aspect or various possible implementation manners based on the third aspect. This function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor and an interface circuit, and the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor Or send the signal from the processor to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the above first aspect or various possible designs based on the first aspect through a logic circuit or executing code instructions The method described in, or the method described in the second aspect or every possible design based on the second aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the memory may be located external to the device. Wherein, the memory is used to store programs or code instructions for execution by the at least one processor.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor and an interface circuit, and the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor Or send the signal from the processor to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the above third aspect or various possible implementations based on the third aspect through a logic circuit or executing code instructions method described in the method.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the memory may be located external to the device. Wherein, the memory is used to store programs or code instructions for execution by the at least one processor.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or all possible designs based on the first aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium including instructions, which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or all possible designs based on the first aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method described in the above-mentioned first aspect or various possible designs based on the first aspect, and the second aspect Or the method described in each possible design based on the second aspect, or the third aspect or the method described in each possible design based on the third aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, including a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, and the memory is used to store programs or instructions, and when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor, the chip system realizes the above-mentioned first
  • the memory can be located inside the system-on-a-chip, or outside the system-on-a-chip.
  • the processor includes one or more.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including the method for performing the above-mentioned first aspect or various possible designs based on the first aspect, the second aspect, or each possible design based on the second aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, and the terminal may include any one of the foregoing fourth to seventh aspects or any possible communication device based on any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • the terminal includes but is not limited to any of the following devices: smart home devices (such as TVs, sweeping robots, smart lamps, sound systems, smart lighting systems, electrical control systems, home background music, home theater systems, intercom system, video surveillance, etc.), intelligent transportation equipment (such as cars, ships, drones, trains, trucks, trucks, etc.), intelligent manufacturing equipment (such as robots, industrial equipment, intelligent logistics, intelligent factories, etc.), intelligent terminals (Mobile phones, computers, tablets, PDAs, desktops, headsets, speakers, wearables, car devices, virtual reality devices, augmented reality devices, etc.).
  • smart home devices such as TVs, sweeping robots, smart lamps, sound systems, smart lighting systems, electrical control systems, home background music, home theater systems, intercom system, video surveillance, etc.
  • intelligent transportation equipment such as cars, ships, drones, trains,
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a battery device, including the communication device described in the fifth aspect or the seventh aspect, and one or more battery cells.
  • the battery device further includes at least one collection chip, and the at least one collection chip is used to collect information of the one or more battery cells.
  • the battery device may be a battery module.
  • any battery module can contain one or more battery cells.
  • each battery cell can be equipped with at least one acquisition chip, or each battery module can be equipped with at least one acquisition chip.
  • the battery device further includes a protection circuit board, and the collection chip is also used to collect information on the protection circuit board; the communication device is also used to send information on the protection circuit board .
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a control device, including the communication device described in the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • the control device may be a battery control unit (battery control unit, BCU) or a main control module of a battery management system, or may be a control device with any other control functions, such as a vehicle-mounted central processing unit, or an electronic control unit, etc. wait.
  • control device further includes a processing unit, and the processing unit is configured to process data interacted through the communication device, and/or, to control or configure the communication device.
  • processing unit can be used to control the opening or closing of the communication device, or can be used to configure at least one parameter of the communication device, so as to ensure the normal operation of the communication device or realize the For flexible configuration of the communication device, the at least one parameter may be any parameter related to the operation of the communication device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a possible system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another possible system architecture provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a possible scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another possible scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another possible scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is one of the schematic diagrams of the power supply mode provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is one of the schematic diagrams of the power supply mode provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is one of the schematic diagrams of the power supply mode provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is one of the schematic flowcharts of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is the second schematic flow diagram of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is one of the schematic flowcharts of the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is the second schematic flow diagram of the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is the third schematic flow diagram of the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a time window provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another time window provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of a battery device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of a battery module provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram of a smart battery provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • BMS battery management system
  • the battery management system provides battery management functions, including but not limited to monitoring the state of the battery (for example, the voltage, current, temperature or deformation of the battery), calculating the charge level and capacity of the battery, controlling the charging and discharging of the battery and communicating Function.
  • the BMS includes a battery control unit (which may be referred to as a master control board) and a battery management unit (which may be referred to as a slave board for short).
  • a management node (also referred to as a sending node hereinafter) is deployed on the main control board, and a terminal node (also referred to as a receiving node hereinafter) is deployed on the slave board, and communication and interaction can be performed between the management node and the terminal node.
  • the terminal node may send the cell information to the management node.
  • the sending node is the terminal device corresponding to the battery control unit in the BMS, and can also be called a "management node".
  • the sending node and the receiving node jointly realize the communication function of the BMS.
  • the sending node can receive the cell abnormality information associated with the receiving node or the abnormality information of the receiving node reported by the node, and send corresponding control information.
  • the sending node may also perform group management on the receiving node set in the battery.
  • the sending node in the embodiment of the present application may be set inside the battery control unit, or the sending node may be independent of the battery control unit. For example, when the sending node is independent from the battery control unit, the sending node may be connected to the battery control unit through a wired line.
  • the receiving node is the terminal device corresponding to the battery management unit in the BMS, also called "terminal node".
  • the sending node and the receiving node jointly realize the communication function of the BMS.
  • the receiving node can upload the cell abnormality information associated with the receiving node or the abnormality information of the receiving node to the sending node, and receive corresponding control information issued by the sending node.
  • the receiving node may be set inside the battery management unit, or the receiving node may be independent of the battery management unit.
  • the receiving node may be connected to the battery management unit through a wired line.
  • Battery cell which is an integral part of the battery.
  • the battery may also include a protection circuit board.
  • the protective circuit board refers to the integrated circuit board that protects the battery.
  • the protection circuit board may include at least one of a protection chip, a metal oxide semiconductor (MOS), a resistor, a capacitor, or a printed circuit board (PCB).
  • the protection circuit board can be used to control the charging, discharging, or power-off of the battery cell.
  • the battery management unit in the battery system is associated with one or more battery cells, so the battery information reported by the receiving node corresponding to the battery management unit to the sending node corresponding to the battery control unit is one or more Cell information.
  • the battery management unit in the battery is associated with one or more battery cells and protection circuit boards, so the battery information reported by the receiving node corresponding to the battery management unit to the sending node corresponding to the battery control unit includes a Or the information of multiple batteries and the information of the protection circuit board.
  • the battery management unit in the battery is associated with the protection circuit board, so the battery information reported by the receiving node corresponding to the battery management unit to the sending node corresponding to the battery control unit includes the information of the protection circuit board.
  • Battery module when multiple batteries are packaged together by the same shell frame and communicate with the outside through a unified boundary, this forms a module.
  • a battery can include one or more battery modules.
  • the terminal equipment in the battery that is, the receiving node
  • the cell information reported by the receiving node in the battery to the sending node is the information of multiple batteries in at least one battery module. core information.
  • Grouping in the embodiment of the present application, refers to the grouping formed by the sending node through group management of the receiving node set in the battery, for example, the first group and the second group.
  • Time window in the embodiment of this application, refers to the preset duration formed by the time-sharing use of the resources provided by the sending node.
  • the preset duration includes the deadline, start time, and offset corresponding to the start time , the offset, window length and period corresponding to the deadline. For example the first time window and the second time window.
  • the first node refers to the node in the first group in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the second node refers to the node in the second group in the embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an “or” relationship.
  • “At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one item (piece) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
  • the ordinal numerals such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or priority of multiple objects. Importance.
  • the first information and the second information are only for distinguishing different information, and do not indicate the difference in content, priority, sending order, or degree of importance of the two kinds of information.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a possible communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the system includes a sending node, a node 1, a node 2, a node 3, a node 4, a node 5, and a node 6 .
  • node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5 and node 6 are receiving nodes. Therefore, the sending node may send first information, where the first information includes connection configuration information, and the connection configuration information may be used by the receiving node to establish a communication connection with the sending node.
  • node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 may receive the first information, and establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information in the first information.
  • the sending node determines that the number of target receiving nodes with which communication connections have been successfully established reaches the first threshold, performs the first operation.
  • the first operation may be to stop sending the first information, or may be to send updated first information, and the updated first information does not include connection configuration information, or may be to send second information, and the second information includes connection configuration information.
  • the configuration information and the indication mark may indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • the first threshold is 3 as an example.
  • nodes 1, 2, and 3 have successfully established connections with the sending node, the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and the sending node The node stops sending the first information or sending the updated first information or sending the second information.
  • node 4, node 5, and node 6 have not successfully established a connection with the sending node because they did not receive the first information correctly, so by stopping sending the first information or sending the updated first Information or sending second information can prevent or prohibit node 4, node 5 and node 6 from residing in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • nodes 4, 6, and Nodes 5 and 6 reside in the management range or coverage range of the sending node and/or establish a communication connection with the sending node, effectively reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • receiving nodes in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 above are taken as examples of nodes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, and are not limited thereto. In other possible embodiments, There can be more or fewer receiving nodes in the communication system.
  • the sending node can manage the receiving nodes in groups, and communicate and interact with the receiving nodes in the group within the time window corresponding to each group. In this way, the communication resources of the sending node are allocated reasonably, and the receiving nodes in each group are managed, so that the granularity of the sending node management is finer, and the energy consumption of the sending node can be reduced at the same time.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of another communication system to which this embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • the system includes a sending node, node 1 , node 2 , node 3 , node 4 , node 5 and node 6 .
  • node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5 and node 6 are all receiving nodes, which can communicate and interact with the sending node.
  • the sending node can communicate and interact with the receiving nodes in the group within the time window corresponding to each group, and limit the number of nodes allowed to establish communication connections with the sending node in each group.
  • node 1, node 2, and node 3 belong to the first group, and the first group corresponds to the first time window; node 4, node 5, and node 6 belong to the second group, and the second group corresponds to the second time window.
  • the first threshold corresponding to the first group (that is, the number of nodes that are allowed to establish a communication connection with the sending node in the first group) is 2 as an example
  • the second threshold corresponding to the second group (that is, the number of nodes that are allowed to establish communication with the sending node in the second group)
  • the number of connected nodes take 1 as an example.
  • the sending node may send first information within the first time window, where the first information includes first connection configuration information, and the first connection configuration information may be used by the receiving node to establish a communication connection with the sending node.
  • node 1, node 2, and node 3 may receive the first information, and establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information in the first information.
  • the sending node can stop sending messages containing the first The first information of the connection configuration information; or sending the updated first information; or sending the second information (including the first connection configuration information and the first indicator), the first indicator may indicate that the receiving node and the sending node are prohibited from creating new The communication connects and/or prohibits the receiving node from scanning the sending node.
  • node 3 has not successfully established a connection with the sending node because it has not received the first information correctly, so by stopping sending the first information or sending the updated first information or sending the second information , the node 3 can be prevented or prohibited from camping in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • node 3 if node 3 has received the first information, but fails to establish a connection with the sending node, by sending the second information, it can prevent or prohibit node 3 from being in the management range or coverage of the sending node. The range resides or establishes a new communication connection with the sending node, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • the sending node may send third information within the first time window, where the third information includes second connection configuration information, and the second connection configuration information may be used by the receiving node to establish a communication connection with the sending node.
  • node 4, node 5, and node 6 may receive the third information, and establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information in the third information. If node 4 has successfully established a communication connection with the sending node within the second time window, the number of nodes in the second group that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node reaches the second threshold, and the sending node can stop sending information containing the second connection configuration information.
  • the second indication may indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • nodes 5 and 6 did not receive the third information correctly, they did not successfully establish a connection with the sending node, so by stopping sending the third information or sending updated third information or sending
  • the fourth information can prevent or prohibit nodes 5 and 6 from camping in the management area or coverage area of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • nodes 5 and 6 can be prevented or prohibited from being connected to the sending node.
  • the management area or coverage area resides or establishes a communication connection with the sending node, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • the grouping of the receiving nodes in the communication system shown in FIG. 2 above is an example of the first grouping and the second grouping, which is not limited. In other possible embodiments, the groupings of the receiving nodes in the system can be more or less.
  • Each node involved in the embodiment of the present application such as the receiving node and the sending node, may also be understood as a module or device having corresponding functions, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the nodes for example, the receiving node, node 1, or node 2, etc.
  • FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 may be any communication node.
  • the communication node may be a short-distance communication node, such as any one of a Bluetooth terminal node, a Starlight short-distance communication terminal node, or a wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi) terminal node. Specific restrictions.
  • the architecture shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, the fifth generation (the5th generation, 5G) communication system, the future sixth generation communication system, and other evolved communication systems , long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) communication system, vehicle to everything (vehicle to everything, V2X), long term evolution - Internet of Vehicles (LTE-vehicle, LTE-V), vehicle to vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V), Internet of Vehicles, Machine Type Communications (MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), Long-Term Evolution-Machine to Machine (LTE-Machine to Machine, LTE-M), Machine to Machine (Machine to Machine, In communication scenarios such as M2M), wireless BMS, etc., this application does not limit this.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE-V long term evolution - Internet of Vehicles
  • MTC Machine Type Communications
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • LTE-Machine to Machine LTE-Machine to Machine
  • Scenario 1 The sending node performs unified management of all receiving nodes in the BMS.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic structural diagram of a possible battery management system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the system includes a first control device 110, a second control device 120, a receiving node 130, a sending node 140, A wireless communication device 150 , an acquisition chip 160 , a first power source 170 and a second power source 180 .
  • the receiving node 130 and the acquisition chip 160 may be deployed in the first control device 110 , and the first control device 110 is connected to the first power source 170 .
  • the first power supply 170 can supply power to the first control device 110 and/or the receiving node 130
  • the collection chip 160 can be used to collect battery information of the first power supply 170, and report part or all of the collected battery information to the receiving node 130.
  • the first control device 110 may be a PCB board, or a battery management unit, etc., which is not limited here.
  • the acquisition chip 160 in the embodiment of the present application may be a sensor.
  • the wireless communication device 150 may be used to implement wireless communication transmission between the receiving node 130 and the sending node 140 . Further, in the embodiment of the present application, the wireless communication device 150 may be independent from the receiving node 130, or may be located inside the receiving node 130. Example 1, as shown in (a) in FIG. 3 , the wireless control device 150 may be located inside the receiving node 130 . Wherein, when the wireless communication device 150 is located inside the receiving node 130, it can be understood that the receiving node 130 includes a set of communication devices, that is, the wireless communication device 150, or, it can also be understood that the receiving node 130 is the wireless communication device 150 itself, or, It can be understood that the receiving node 130 includes at least two communication devices, one of which is the wireless communication device 150 .
  • the receiving node 130 can send abnormal information to the sending node 140 through the internal wireless communication device 150.
  • Example 2 as shown in (b) in FIG. 3 , the wireless communication device 150 may be independent from the receiving node 130 .
  • the receiving node 130 itself has a communication device, and can communicate with the wireless communication device 150 through its own communication device.
  • the receiving node 130 may perform communication transmission through a wired line connected to the wireless communication device 150 , and send abnormal information to the sending node 140 through the wireless communication transmission device 150 .
  • the sending node 140 may be deployed in the second control device 120 , and the second power supply 180 may supply power to the second control device 120 and/or the sending node 140 .
  • the second control device 120 in this embodiment of the present application may be a battery control unit or the like.
  • the sending node 140 in the embodiment of the present application can share the second power supply 180 with the second control device 120 (the second power supply 180 can be, for example, an external power supply or a battery pack in the vehicle); or, the sending node 140 can also The power supply may be provided by an independent power supply.
  • the embodiment of the present application may further include a third power supply, and the third power supply is used to provide independent power supply for the sending node.
  • the BMS system may include multiple first control devices 110 , that is, the second control device 120 may correspond to multiple first control devices 110 .
  • the sending node 140 may correspond to multiple receiving nodes 130 .
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic structural diagram of another possible battery management system applicable to the embodiment of the present application. The system includes three first control devices 110 and one second control device 120 .
  • the sending node 140 can correspond to three receiving nodes 130, that is, the sending node 140 can communicate and interact with the three receiving nodes 130, and check the number of nodes that are allowed to establish a communication connection with the sending node 140 among the three receiving nodes 130 limit, and when the number of receiving nodes 130 successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node 140 reaches a first threshold, perform a first operation, so as to reduce the energy consumption of the sending node 140 .
  • the sending node performs group management on the receiving nodes in the BMS.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic structural diagram of another possible battery management system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the system includes three first control devices 110 and second control devices 120 . Therefore, the sending node 140 may correspond to three receiving nodes 130 , that is, the sending node 140 may communicate and interact with three receiving nodes 130 .
  • the second control device 120 manages the three first control devices 110 in groups, wherein the first group includes two first control devices 110, and the second group includes one first control device 110.
  • a control device 110 .
  • the sending node 140 may perform communication interaction with the receiving node 130 of the first group corresponding to the first time window of the first group, and limit the number of nodes allowed to establish a communication connection with the sending node 140 in the first group, and When the number of receiving nodes 130 successfully establishing communication connections with the sending node 140 in the first group reaches a first threshold, a first operation is performed to reduce energy consumption of the sending node 140 .
  • the sending node 140 may communicate with the receiving node 130 of the second group in the second time window corresponding to the second group, and limit the number of nodes allowed to establish a communication connection with the sending node 140 in the second group, and When the number of receiving nodes 130 successfully establishing communication connections with the sending node 140 in the second group reaches a second threshold, a second operation is performed to reduce energy consumption of the sending node 140 .
  • a second operation is performed to reduce energy consumption of the sending node 140 .
  • the first operation and the second operation please refer to the relevant description in the second architecture, and details will not be repeated here.
  • the first power source 170 in the embodiments shown in the first scenario and the second scenario may include a battery module, a battery cell, and the like.
  • the first control device 110 provides power supply through the first power supply 170 in various ways, which are not limited to the following ones: power supply mode 1: the first A power supply 170 includes a battery module (as shown in FIG. 6 ), and the first control device 110 is powered by this battery module.
  • Power supply mode 2 the first power supply 170 may include multiple battery modules (as shown in FIG. 7 ), and the first control device 110 supplies power through the multiple battery modules.
  • the first power supply 170 may include an electric core (as shown in FIG. 8 ), and the first control device 110 supplies power through this electric core.
  • the cell information for communication and interaction between the first control device 110 and the second control device 120 is the information of one cell.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • this method is applied to the system architecture shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 .
  • the method includes:
  • the sending node sends first information.
  • the receiving node receives the first information.
  • the first information includes connection configuration information
  • the connection configuration information is used for establishing a communication connection between the receiving node and the sending node.
  • the receiving node may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information in the first information.
  • the connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
  • “communication domain” refers to a management area or coverage area centered on the sending node. In this management area or coverage area, the receiving node can establish a communication connection with the sending node, and carry out information exchange.
  • communication domain domain name refers to the name of the node that provides communication services in the management area or coverage area, for example, it can be at least one of the node name of the sending node, the name of the AP, the name of the base station, or the name of the server ;
  • Communication Domain Identity refers to the identity of the node that provides communication services in this management area or coverage area, for example, it can be at least one of the node identity of the sending node, the identity of the AP, the identity of the base station, or the identity of the server;
  • Layer 2 link identifier refers to the identifier formed by Ethernet to uniquely identify the sending node on the layer 2 link, for example, it can be an identifier formed by 16 bits or 48 bits;
  • physical layer identifier refers to the physical layer corresponding to the sending node logo.
  • the first information is a broadcast message, and the sending node may send the first information in a broadcast form.
  • the first information may also be a multicast message, and the sending node may send the first information in a multicast form.
  • the sending node determines that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node currently reaches a first threshold, and performs a first operation.
  • Mode 1 stop sending the first information including the connection configuration information.
  • the receiving nodes are Node 1 , Node 2 , Node 3 , Node 4 , Node 5 , and Node 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 3 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 2, node 3, and node 4 have successfully established communication connections with them, it determines that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and the sending node stops sending the first message. In this way, stopping sending the first information can effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • nodes that have not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node such as node 1, node 5, and node 6, may not have received the first information correctly, so it can be realized by stopping sending the first information to prevent Or the above-mentioned nodes are prohibited from staying in the management area or coverage area of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, so as to further reduce the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • Mode 2 Send updated first information, where the updated first information does not include connection configuration information.
  • the updated first information is mainly reflected in that the connection configuration information is removed relative to the above-mentioned first information including the connection configuration information. Further, there may be other time- or flow-related differences between the updated first information and the above-mentioned first information including connection configuration information, which are not specifically limited in this application.
  • the receiving nodes take node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5 and node 6 as examples, and the first threshold takes 3 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 4, node 5, and node 6 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, it is determined that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and the sending node sends an updated The updated first information does not include connection configuration information. In this way, sending the updated first information (that is, the first information not including the connection configuration information) reduces the amount of information to be sent by the sending node, and can effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • sending the updated first information that is, the first information not including the connection configuration information
  • nodes that have not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node such as node 1, node 2, and node 3, may not have received the first information correctly, so it can be implemented by sending the updated first information
  • the aforementioned nodes are prevented or prohibited from staying in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, thereby effectively reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • the updated first information may be received by Node 4, Node 5 and/or Node 6 that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, and at this time Node 4-Node 6 continue to maintain the original communication connection , not affected by the updated first information.
  • Mode 3 Sending second information, the second information includes connection configuration information and an indicator, and the indicator is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • "prohibiting the receiving node from establishing a new communication connection with the sending node” can be understood as prohibiting the receiving node from sending a connection establishment request to the sending node, or it can be understood that the sending node cannot provide more information for the receiving node.
  • "prohibit the receiving node from scanning the sending node” can be understood as all the information or available services of the sending node have been sent, and the receiving node is prohibited from sending a scanning request to the sending node, and the scanning request can be used Or, it can be understood that the sending node cannot provide more wireless AP information or base station information to the receiving node to achieve load balancing or access control status.
  • the receiving node here refers to a node that receives the second information.
  • first information and second information both carry information (such as connection configuration information) required for establishing a communication connection between the receiving node and the sending node, but some information elements contained in the first information and the second information (for example, the indication marks) are different, or the second information carries more information than the first information, and the present application does not limit specific differences.
  • both the first information and the second information are broadcast messages
  • both the first information and the second message include an indicator
  • the indicator in the first information is used to indicate that the receiving node is allowed to establish a new communication connection with the sending node and/or Or the receiving node is allowed to scan the sending node
  • the indication in the second information is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • allowing the receiving node to create a new communication connection with the sending node can be understood as allowing the receiving node to send a connection establishment request to the sending node, or it can be understood that the sending node can also provide more information for the receiving node. Status of multi-AP information or base station information.
  • "allowing the receiving node to scan the sending node” can be understood as the sending node's information or available services have not been sent, allowing the receiving node to send a scanning request to the sending node, and the scanning request can be used to request other information or services; or , it can be understood that the sending node is in a state where it can provide more wireless AP information or base station information for the receiving node.
  • the receiving node here may refer to a node that receives the first information.
  • the receiving node is taken as an example of node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5 and node 6, and the first threshold is 3 as an example, if the sending node detects that node 4, node 5. And node 6 has successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, then it is determined that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and then sending second information, the second information includes connection configuration information and The indication identifier is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • nodes that have not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node such as node 1, node 2, and node 3, may not receive the first information correctly or receive the first information, but establish a communication connection with the sending node.
  • the communication connection fails, so it is possible to prevent or prohibit the above-mentioned nodes from residing in the management range or coverage area of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node by sending the second information including the connection configuration information and the indication identifier, thereby effectively reducing the number of sending nodes. energy consumption.
  • the sending node determines that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node reaches the first threshold, and performs the first operation (that is, any one of modes 1-3), which can effectively reduce the energy of the sending node consume.
  • the above-mentioned first communication method also includes:
  • the sending node determines that the first condition is met, and continues to send the first information.
  • the receiving node receives the first information.
  • the first information in S903 includes connection configuration information, so that the receiving node can establish a communication connection with the sending node after receiving the first information.
  • step 901 if it is necessary to determine whether to send the first information according to the first condition, before step 901 is executed, the first condition may also be judged first, and if the first condition is met, then step 901 is executed.
  • the first condition has many situations, including but not limited to at least one of the following:
  • the communication link between the sending node and any node in the target receiving node is abnormal.
  • the communication link between the sending node and any node in the target receiving node is abnormal, it may be understood that the communication link between any node in the target receiving node is disconnected.
  • the abnormality of the communication link may be caused by the abnormality of any node in the target receiving node, for example, if any node in the target receiving node is powered off, the communication link between the arbitrary node and the sending node will be disconnected.
  • Any node in the target receiving node is in a disconnected state.
  • any node in the target receiving node is in a non-connected state means that no air interface connection (such as radio resource control (RRC)) has been established between any node in the target receiving node and the sending node.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • connection or any resource control (everything resource control, XRC) connection), that is, any node in the target receiving node is in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • XRC verything resource control
  • the first condition may be that the battery cell associated with any node in the target receiving node is abnormal.
  • the cell associated with any node in the target receiving node is abnormal includes, but not limited to, the temperature of the cell associated with any node in the target receiving node exceeds the first preset value, and the voltage exceeds the second preset value. At least one of the set value, the current exceeding the third preset value, or the cell being deformed.
  • the communication resources of the sending node may include but not limited to access resources and common channel parameter configurations.
  • the access resource includes the time resource and frequency resource configured by the sending node for the receiving node to establish a communication connection
  • the common channel parameter configuration includes the common channel resource required for the sending node to communicate with the receiving node
  • the common channel resource includes time domain , frequency domain, air domain, or any configuration in frequency hopping.
  • the first threshold is updated.
  • the "first threshold" is used to characterize the management capability of the sending node, that is, the number of receiving nodes that can establish a communication connection with the sending node.
  • the first threshold is updated, that is, the management capability of the sending node changes. For example, as the first threshold increases, the number of receiving nodes that can establish communication connections with the sending node increases.
  • Example 1 please continue to refer to Figure 1, the receiving node takes node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 4 as an example, if the sending node detects node 5 and node 6. If the communication connection has been successfully established with the sending node, it is determined that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold, and the sending node sends first information including connection configuration information. Correspondingly, any node among node 1, node 2, node 3, or node 4 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information.
  • Example 2 please continue to refer to FIG. 1 , take node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 as examples for receiving nodes, and take 4 as an example for the first threshold. If the sending node detects that node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the current communication link between node 4 and the sending node is abnormal, resulting in the successful establishment of a communication connection with the sending node The number of target receiving nodes is less than the first threshold, then the sending node sends first information including connection configuration information. Correspondingly, any one of node 1, node 2, or node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information.
  • Example 3 please continue to refer to FIG. 1 , take node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 as examples for receiving nodes, and take 4 as an example for the first threshold. If the sending node detects that node 4, node 5, and node 6 have successfully established communication connections with the sending node, but the current node 6 is in a non-connected state, resulting in the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node being less than the first threshold, the sending node sends first information including connection configuration information. Correspondingly, any one of node 1, node 2, or node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information.
  • Example 4 please continue to refer to FIG. 1 , take node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 as examples for receiving nodes, and take 4 as an example for the first threshold. If any node among node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 is associated with a battery, any node can be used to report the information of the battery associated with any node to the sending node (For example, at least one of temperature information, voltage information, current information, deformation information or humidity information).
  • the sending node detects that node 4, node 5, and node 6 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the battery cell associated with node 6 is abnormal (for example, the temperature exceeds the first preset value, and the voltage exceeds the second preset value). value, current exceeds a third preset value, deformation occurs, or humidity exceeds a fourth preset value), then the sending node sends the first information including connection configuration information.
  • the sending node sends the first information including connection configuration information.
  • any one of node 1, node 2, or node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information.
  • Example 5 please continue to refer to FIG. 1 , take node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 as examples for receiving nodes, and take 3 as an example for the first threshold.
  • the first threshold is determined according to communication resources of the sending node. If the sending node detects that node 4, node 5, and node 6 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the communication resource of the sending node changes (for example, the access resource increases or the common channel parameter configuration changes), causing the first threshold to change If it is 6, then the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold, and the sending node sends first information including connection configuration information. Correspondingly, any one of node 1, node 2, or node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information.
  • Example 6 please continue to refer to FIG. 1 , the receiving nodes are Node 1 , Node 2 , Node 3 , Node 4 , Node 5 , and Node 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 3 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 4, node 5, and node 6 have successfully established communication connections with the sending node, but the first threshold becomes 5, then the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold , the sending node sends first information including connection configuration information. Correspondingly, any one of node 2, node 3, or node 4 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information.
  • the sending node determines that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node does not reach the first threshold within the first preset time period, and performs the second operation.
  • the second operation has multiple ways to realize it, including but not limited to at least one of the following ways:
  • Mode 1 reporting abnormal information of the first receiving node.
  • the first receiving node is a node that fails to establish a communication connection with the sending node within the first preset time period.
  • mode 1 it is convenient to handle the abnormality of the first receiving node accordingly, thereby effectively prolonging the service life of the first receiving node.
  • mode 2 it is convenient to deal with the abnormality of the battery cell associated with the first receiving node, thereby effectively prolonging the service life of the battery cell associated with the first receiving node.
  • the sending node can report the abnormality information of the first receiving node or the abnormality information of the cell associated with the first receiving node to the battery control unit in the BMS, and then the battery control unit can generate corresponding control instructions, and pass the sending node sent to the first receiving node, so that the battery management unit corresponding to the first receiving node performs corresponding abnormal processing on the batteries associated with the first receiving node based on the control instruction (for example, controlling the first receiving node to power off, charge, or discharge any one of them, etc.).
  • the battery control unit may also control a display device (for example, a liquid crystal display (liquid crystal display, LCD)) to display the abnormal information of the first receiving node or the abnormal information of the battery associated with the first receiving node. In this way, the user can perceive the abnormal information of the first receiving node or the abnormal information of the battery associated with the first receiving node, so that the user can take corresponding safety measures.
  • a display device for example, a liquid crystal display (liquid crystal display, LCD)
  • Mode 3 stop sending the first information.
  • the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • Mode 4 adjusting the period for sending the first information.
  • the sending node may increase the period for sending the first information. In this way, the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • Figure 11 shows the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. This method can be applied to the system architecture shown in Figure 2 or Figure 5. The method includes:
  • the sending node sends first information in a first time window.
  • the first node receives the first information within the first time window.
  • the first information includes first connection configuration information
  • the first connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the first node belonging to the first group and the sending node.
  • the first node may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information within the first time window.
  • the first group is the first group formed by the sending node performing group management on the receiving nodes, and the first node is the receiving node in the first group.
  • the first group corresponds to the first time window.
  • the "first time window" can be defined by one or more of the following information: start time, time offset of start time, deadline, deadline The time offset, period, or window length of time. Further optionally, the start time, the time offset of the start time, the deadline, the time offset of the deadline, the period and the window length can be flexibly configured.
  • the first connection configuration information may include at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
  • the first information is a broadcast message, and the sending node may send the first information in a broadcast form.
  • the first information is a multicast message, and the sending node may send the first information in a multicast form.
  • the sending node determines within the first time window that the number of first target nodes in the first group that currently successfully establish communication connections with the sending node reaches a first threshold, and performs a first operation.
  • the first threshold is a threshold corresponding to the first time window.
  • Mode 1 stop sending the first information including the first connection configuration information.
  • the first nodes in the first group are node 1 , node 2 and node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 2 and node 3 have successfully established a communication connection with it, then it is determined that the number of first target nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and the sending node stops sending information containing the first connection configuration information. the first message. In this way, stopping sending the first information can effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • node 1 other nodes that have not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, such as node 1, may not have received the first information correctly, so it is possible to prevent or prohibit node 1 from sending
  • the management area or coverage area of the node resides or establishes a communication connection with the sending node, further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • Mode 2 Send updated first information, where the updated first information does not include first connection configuration information.
  • the updated first information is mainly reflected in that the first connection configuration information is removed relative to the first information including the first connection configuration information. Further, there may be other time- or flow-related differences between the updated first information and the above-mentioned first information including the first connection configuration information, which are not specifically limited in this application.
  • the first nodes in the first group are node 1 , node 2 and node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 2 and node 3 have successfully established a communication connection with them, it is determined that the number of first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and the sending node sends updated first information, The updated first information does not include the first connection configuration information. In this way, sending the updated first information (that is, the first information not including the connection configuration information) reduces the amount of information to be sent by the sending node, and can effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • nodes that have not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node such as node 1
  • the updated first information may be received by Node 2 and Node 3 that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node. At this time, Node 2 and Node 3 continue to maintain the original communication connection and are not affected by the The impact of the updated first message.
  • Way 3 Send second information
  • the second information includes first connection configuration information and a first indication
  • the first indication is used to instruct the receiving node to establish a new communication connection with the sending node and/or prohibit the receiving node from scanning the sending node.
  • first information and second information are both used to carry information (such as first connection configuration information) required for establishing a communication connection between the first node and the sending node, but certain information contained in the first information and the second information Some information elements (such as indicators) are different.
  • both the first information and the second information are broadcast messages
  • both the first information and the second message include the first indication
  • the first indication in the first information is used to indicate that the receiving node and the sending node are allowed to create new The communication connection and/or allowing the receiving node to scan the sending node
  • the first indication in the second information is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • the first nodes in the first group are node 1 , node 2 and node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 2 and node 3 have successfully established a communication connection with it, then it is determined that the number of first target nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and then sends second information, the second information includes The first connection configuration information and the first indication may indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • node 1 may not have received the first information correctly or received the first information, but failed to establish a communication connection with the sending node, so it may By sending the second information including the connection configuration information and the indicator, the above node 1 is prevented or prohibited from camping in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, thereby effectively reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • the first node if the first node successfully establishes a communication connection with the sending node, the first node does not receive the first information during the remaining time of the first time window, and the time outside the first time window Not receiving the first information; or, receiving updated first information within the remaining time of the first time window, and the updated first information does not include the first connection configuration information; or, receiving within the remaining time of the first time window Receive second information including the first connection configuration information and the first indication.
  • the above-mentioned second communication method also includes:
  • the sending node determines that the first condition is satisfied within the first time window, and continues to send the first information. Correspondingly, if the current first node has not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, the first information is received.
  • the first information in S1103 includes first connection configuration information, so that the first node may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information after receiving the first information.
  • the first condition may also be judged first, and if the first condition is met, then step 1101 is executed.
  • the first condition has many situations, including but not limited to at least one of the following:
  • the communication link between the sending node and any node in the first target node is abnormal.
  • Any node in the first target node is in a disconnected state.
  • the first threshold is updated.
  • the "first threshold" is used to characterize the number of nodes in the first group that are allowed to establish a communication connection with the sending node.
  • the first threshold is updated, that is, the number of first nodes that can establish a communication connection with the sending node in the first group changes.
  • the first nodes in the first group are Node 1 , Node 2 and Node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 3 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 1 and node 2 have successfully established communication connections with the sending node, but the number of first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold, the sending node sends a message containing the first connection configuration information first information. Correspondingly, node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information.
  • the first nodes in the first group are node 1 , node 2 and node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 1 and node 2 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the current communication link between node 2 and the sending node is abnormal, the number of first target nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node is smaller than the first threshold, the sending node sends first information including the first connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information.
  • the first nodes in the first group are Node 1 , Node 2 and Node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 1 and node 2 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the current node 1 is in a non-connected state, resulting in the number of first target nodes currently successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node being less than the first threshold, then The sending node sends first information including first connection configuration information.
  • node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information.
  • the first nodes in the first group are node 1 , node 2 and node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If any node among node 1, node 2, and node 3 is associated with a battery cell, any node can be used to report the information of the battery cell associated with any node to the sending node (for example, temperature information, voltage information, current information, or at least one of humidity information).
  • the sending node If the sending node detects that node 1 and node 2 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the cell associated with node 2 is abnormal (for example, the temperature exceeds the first preset value, the voltage exceeds the second preset value, the current exceeds the If the third preset value or the humidity exceeds at least one of the fourth preset value), the sending node sends the first information including the first connection configuration information.
  • node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information.
  • the first nodes in the first group are Node 1 , Node 2 , and Node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example.
  • the first threshold is determined according to communication resources of the sending node. If the sending node detects that node 1 and node 2 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the access resource of the sending node increases or the configuration of the common channel parameters changes, causing the first threshold to become 3, then the current communication with the sending node is successfully established
  • the number of connected first target nodes is less than a first threshold, and the sending node sends first information including first connection configuration information.
  • node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information.
  • Example 6 please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the first nodes in the first group are node 1 , node 2 and node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that nodes 1 and 2 have successfully established communication connections with the sending node, but the first threshold becomes 3, then the number of first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold, and the sending node Send first information including first connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information.
  • the sending node determines that the number of first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node does not reach the first threshold, and performs the second operation.
  • the second operation has multiple ways to realize it, including but not limited to at least one of the following ways:
  • the third node is a node in the first group that fails to establish a communication connection with the sending node within the first time window.
  • the sending node may report the abnormality information of the third node or the abnormality information of the batteries associated with the third node to the battery control unit in the BMS.
  • the battery control unit may also control a display device (for example, LCD) to display the abnormal information of the third node or the abnormal information of the battery associated with the third node. In this way, the user can perceive the abnormal information of the third node or the abnormal information of the battery associated with the third node, so that the user can take corresponding safety measures.
  • Mode 3 stop sending the first information.
  • the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • Mode 4 adjusting the period for sending the first information.
  • the sending node can increase the period for sending the first information within the first time window, so that the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • the sending node can manage the second node of the second group, and can send the third information within the second time window, the third information includes the second connection configuration information, and the second connection configuration information is used to belong to the second group
  • the second node establishes a communication connection with the sending node.
  • the process for the sending node to manage the second node includes:
  • the sending node sends third information within a second time window.
  • the second node receives the third information within the second time window.
  • the third information includes second connection configuration information
  • the second connection configuration information is used for establishing a communication connection between the second node belonging to the second group and the sending node.
  • the second node may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information within the second time window.
  • the second group is the second group formed by the sending node performing group management on the receiving nodes, and the second node is the receiving node in the second group.
  • the second group corresponds to the second time window.
  • the "second time window" can be defined by one or more of the following information: start time, time offset of start time, deadline, deadline time offset, period, or window length.
  • the time resources corresponding to the first time window and the second time window can be continuous (as shown in Figure 14 shown), or there is a preset interval (as shown in FIG. 15 ), which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier.
  • Mode 1 stop sending the third information including the second connection configuration information.
  • Mode 2 Send updated third information, where the updated third information does not include the second connection configuration information.
  • the updated third information is mainly reflected in that the second connection configuration information is removed relative to the third information including the second connection configuration information. Further, there may be other time- or process-related differences between the updated third information and the above-mentioned third information including the second connection configuration information, which are not specifically limited in this application.
  • Mode 3 Send fourth information, where the fourth information includes second connection configuration information and a second indication, and the second indication is used to instruct the receiving node to establish a communication connection with the sending node and/or prohibit the receiving node from scanning the sending node.
  • both the third information and the fourth information above carry the information (such as the second connection configuration information) required by the fourth node to establish a communication connection with the sending node, but some of the information contained in the third information and the fourth information
  • the information units (such as the second indicator) are different.
  • both the third information and the fourth information are broadcast messages, both the third information and the fourth message include the second indicator, but the second indicator in the third information is used to indicate that the second node and the sending node are allowed Create a communication connection and/or allow the second node to scan the sending node, and the second indication in the fourth information is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • the contents of the first information and the third information are the same, and the contents of the second information and the fourth information are the same.
  • the difference is that the first information and the second information are sent within the first time window, and the third information and the fourth information are sent within the second time window.
  • the above-mentioned first indicator, the indicator and the indicator in the first implementation are all used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • the third operation i.e. mode 1 to mode 3 is executed. Any one of the above), can effectively prevent or prohibit the second node that has not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node to reside in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establish a communication connection with the sending node, thereby effectively reducing the energy of the sending node consume.
  • the sending node determines that the second condition is satisfied within the second time window, and sends the third information. Correspondingly, if the current second node has not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, the third information is received.
  • the third information in S1303 includes the second connection configuration information, so that the second node can establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information after receiving the third information.
  • step 1301 if it is necessary to determine whether to send the first information according to the second condition, before step 1301 is executed, the second condition may be judged first, and if the second condition is met, then step 1301 is executed.
  • the second condition has many situations, including but not limited to at least one of the following:
  • the communication link between the sending node and any node in the second target node is abnormal.
  • Any node in the second target node is in a disconnected state.
  • the second threshold is updated.
  • the "second threshold" is used to characterize the number of nodes in the second group that are allowed to establish a communication connection with the sending node.
  • the second threshold is updated, that is, the number of second nodes that can establish a communication connection with the sending node in the second group changes.
  • Example 1 please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the second nodes in the second group are nodes 4 , 5 and 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 3 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 4 and node 5 have successfully established communication connections with them, but the number of second target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the second threshold, the sending node sends a third node containing the second connection configuration information. information. Correspondingly, node 3 receives the third information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information.
  • the second nodes in the second group are Node 4, Node 5, and Node 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that nodes 4 and 5 have successfully established communication connections with them, but the current communication link between node 4 and the sending node is abnormal, resulting in the number of second target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node being less than the first two thresholds, the sending node sends the third information, and the third information includes the second connection configuration information.
  • node 6 receives the third information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information.
  • the second nodes in the second group are Node 4, Node 5, and Node 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 3 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 4 and node 5 have successfully established a communication connection with it, but the current node 4 is in an unconnected state, resulting in the number of second target nodes currently successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node being less than the second threshold, the sending node Send third information, where the third information includes second connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 6 receives the third information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information.
  • the second nodes in the second group are Node 4 , Node 5 and Node 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 3 as an example. If any node among node 4, node 5, and node 6 is associated with a battery cell, the node can be used to report the information of the battery cell associated with the node to the sending node. If the sending node detects that nodes 4 and 5 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the battery cell associated with node 4 is abnormal, the sending node disconnects the communication connection between node 4 and the sending node, and sends a third information, the third information includes the second connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 6 receives the third information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information.
  • Example 5 please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the second nodes in the second group are taken as nodes 4 , 5 and 6 , and the first threshold is 2 as an example.
  • the second threshold is determined according to communication resources of the sending node. If the sending node detects that node 4 and node 5 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the access resource of the sending node increases or the configuration of the common channel parameters changes, causing the second threshold to become 3, then the current communication with the sending node is successfully established When the number of connected second target nodes is less than the second threshold, the sending node sends third information, where the third information includes second connection configuration information.
  • node 6 receives the third information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information.
  • Example 6 please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the second nodes in the second group are taken as nodes 4 , 5 and 6 , and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that nodes 4 and 5 have successfully established communication connections with the sending node, but the second threshold becomes 3, then the number of second target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the second threshold, and the sending node Send third information, where the third information includes second connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 6 receives the third information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information.
  • the first connection configuration information, the second connection configuration information, and the connection configuration information in the first implementation above are all key information for establishing a communication connection between the sending node and the receiving node.
  • the first connection configuration information is used for the first node belonging to the first group to establish a communication connection with the sending node
  • the second connection configuration information is used for the second node belonging to the second group to establish a communication connection with the sending node
  • the connection configuration information is used for Establish communication connections between all receiving nodes and sending nodes.
  • the sending node determines that the number of second target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node does not reach the second threshold, and performs a fourth operation.
  • the fourth operation has multiple ways of implementation, including but not limited to at least one of the following ways:
  • Mode 1 reporting abnormal information of the fourth node.
  • mode 1 it is convenient to deal with the abnormality of the fourth node accordingly, thereby effectively prolonging the service life of the fourth node.
  • the fourth node is a node in the second group that fails to establish a communication connection with the sending node within the second time window.
  • Mode 2 reporting the abnormal information of the batteries associated with the fourth node.
  • mode 2 it is convenient to deal with the abnormality of the battery cell associated with the fourth node, thereby effectively prolonging the service life of the battery cell associated with the fourth node.
  • the sending node can report the abnormal information of the fourth node or the abnormal information of the batteries associated with the fourth node to the battery control unit in the BMS, and then the battery control unit can generate corresponding control instructions and send them to
  • the fourth node further enables the battery management unit corresponding to the fourth node to perform corresponding abnormal processing on the batteries associated with the fourth node based on the control instruction (please refer to the foregoing description).
  • the battery control unit may also control a display device (for example, LCD) to display the abnormal information of the fourth node or the abnormal information of the battery associated with the fourth node. In this way, the user can perceive the abnormal information of the fourth node or the abnormal information of the battery associated with the fourth node, so that the user can take corresponding safety measures.
  • a display device for example, LCD
  • Mode 3 stop sending the third information.
  • the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • the sending node may increase a period for sending the third information within the second time window. In this way, the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1600 is used to implement various steps in the methods in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication device 1600 includes a communication unit 1601 and a processing unit 1602 .
  • the communication device 1600 is used to implement the method executed by the sending node in the above embodiments shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 .
  • the communication unit 1601 may send first information, where the first information includes connection configuration information, and the connection configuration information is used for the receiving node to establish a communication connection with the sending node; the processing unit 1602 may determine the current and sending node When the number of target receiving nodes with which the node successfully establishes a communication connection reaches a first threshold, a first operation is performed.
  • the first operation includes one of the following: stop sending the first information; or, send the updated first information, and the updated first information does not include the connection configuration information; or, send the second information, and the second information includes
  • the connection configuration information and the indication mark are used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  • the connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
  • a communication domain domain name a communication domain identifier
  • a layer 2 link identifier a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
  • the processing unit 1602 may further determine that the first condition is met; and send the first information.
  • the first condition is met; and send the first information.
  • the processing unit 1602 may also determine that the number of target receiving nodes does not reach the first threshold within the first preset time period, and execute the second operation.
  • the second operation please refer to the relevant description in the first embodiment above, and details will not be repeated here.
  • the communication unit 1601 may also report the abnormality information of the first receiving node and/or the abnormality information of the batteries associated with the first receiving node to the battery control unit in the BMS.
  • the communication device 1600 is used to implement the method executed by the sending node in the above embodiments shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 .
  • the communication unit 1601 may send the first information in the first time window, the first information includes connection first configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used by the first node belonging to the first group to send The node establishes a communication connection; wherein, the first group corresponds to the first time window; the processing unit 1602 may determine within the first time window that the number of first target nodes currently successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node in the first group reaches the first When the threshold is reached, perform the first operation.
  • the first operation includes one of the following: stop sending the first information; or, send the updated first information, the updated first information does not contain the first connection configuration information; or send the second information, the second The information includes first connection configuration information and a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node; wherein, the first threshold corresponds to the first time window threshold.
  • the communication unit 1601 may also send third information in the second time window, the third information includes second connection configuration information, and the second connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the second node belonging to the second group and the sending node ;
  • the second group corresponds to the second time window, there is no overlapping time resource between the first time window and the second time window, and/or, the same node does not exist in the first group and the second group;
  • the processing unit 1602 can In the second time window, when it is determined that the number of second target nodes currently successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node in the second group reaches the second threshold, a third operation is performed, and the third operation includes one of the following: stop sending the first Three information; send the updated third information, the updated third information does not contain the second connection configuration information; or send the fourth information, the fourth information contains the second connection configuration information and the second indication, the second indication
  • the identifier is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or
  • the first connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
  • the second connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
  • the processing unit 1602 may also determine that the first condition is satisfied within the first time window; and send the first information.
  • the first condition please refer to the relevant description in the second embodiment above, and details will not be repeated here.
  • the processing unit 1602 may also determine that the number of the first target nodes does not reach the first threshold within the first time window, and execute the second operation.
  • the second operation please refer to the relevant description in the foregoing second embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
  • the communication device 1600 is configured to implement the methods performed corresponding to the first node in the first group in the above embodiments.
  • the communication unit 1601 may be configured to receive first information within a first time window, where the first information includes first connection configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used for the first connection configuration information belonging to the first group.
  • a node establishes a communication connection with the sending node, and the first packet corresponds to the first time window; the processing unit 1602 may also perform any of the following after successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node: do not receive the first packet during the remaining time of the first time window information, and do not receive the first information at a time other than the first time window; receive updated first information within the remaining time of the first time window, and the updated first information does not include the first connection configuration information; Alternatively, receiving second information within the remaining time of the first time window, the second information includes first connection configuration information and a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or Disable the receiving node from scanning the sending node.
  • each unit in the communication device can be implemented in the form of software calling through the processing elements; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some units can also be implemented in the form of software calling through the processing elements, and some units can be implemented in the form of hardware.
  • each unit can be an independently established processing element, or can be integrated into a certain chip of the communication device.
  • it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the communication device. function of the unit.
  • all or part of these units can be integrated together, or implemented independently.
  • the processing element mentioned here may also be a processor, which may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method or each unit above may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software called by the processing element.
  • the units in any of the above communication devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or, one or multiple microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the units in the communication device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler
  • the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU) or other processors that can call programs.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • the communication device 1600 when the communication device 1600 is used to implement the method performed by the first node in the first group, the communication device 1600 may be set in a battery. Among them, the communication device 1600 can be installed in a battery in many situations, including but not limited to the following situations:
  • the communication device 1600 is installed in a battery.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a battery device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the battery device 1700 includes a battery module 1, a battery module 2, ..., a battery module n , the communication device 3 (that is, the communication device 1600 ), and the acquisition chip 4 .
  • each battery module in battery module 1-battery module n includes a plurality of battery cells.
  • the chip can be any one of an aluminum shell cell, a soft pack cell (also known as a "polymer cell"), or a cylindrical cell.
  • n is a positive integer greater than 2.
  • the acquisition chip 4 integrates the acquisition function of one or more sensors (for example, a voltage sensor, a current sensor, a temperature and humidity sensor, or a displacement sensor), and the acquisition chip 4 is connected to the battery module 1-battery module n, and then The collection chip 4 can collect the information of the cells in the battery module 1-battery module n (such as at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information), and the battery module 1-battery The information of the batteries in the module n is reported to the management node (that is, the sending node) in the BMS through the communication device 3 .
  • the management node that is, the sending node
  • the battery device 1700 also includes a protection circuit board 5, and the protection circuit board 5 is connected to the control battery module 1-battery module n, and then the protection circuit board 5 can protect the battery in the battery module 1-battery module n.
  • the core is charged, discharged, or powered off.
  • the collection chip 4 can collect information (such as at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information) of the battery cells in the battery module 1-battery module n, and Protect the information of the circuit board 5 (such as at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information), and combine the information of the battery cells in the battery module 1-battery module n with the protection circuit board 5 is reported to the management node (that is, the sending node) in the BMS through the communication device 3 .
  • information such as at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information
  • the communication device 1600 is installed in a battery module of the battery.
  • FIG. 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of a battery module provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the battery module 1800 includes battery cells 1, battery cells 2, ..., battery cells n,
  • the communication device 3 ie, the communication device 900 ), and the acquisition chip 4 .
  • n is a positive integer greater than 2.
  • the acquisition chip 4 integrates the acquisition function of one or more sensors (for example, a voltage sensor, a current sensor, a temperature and humidity sensor, or a displacement sensor), and then the acquisition chip 4 can collect the information of the cell 1-cell n (for example, at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information), and report the information of cell 1 to cell n to the management node in the BMS through the communication device 3 .
  • sensors for example, a voltage sensor, a current sensor, a temperature and humidity sensor, or a displacement sensor
  • the communication device 1600 is installed in one cell of the battery.
  • FIG. 19 shows a schematic structural diagram of a smart battery provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the smart battery 1900 includes a communication device 1 (that is, a communication device 1600), an acquisition chip 2 and an electronic Core 3.
  • the acquisition chip 2 integrates the acquisition function of one or more sensors (for example, a voltage sensor, a current sensor, a temperature and humidity sensor, or a displacement sensor), and the acquisition chip 2 is connected with the battery cell 3 and the communication device 1 respectively, and then acquires
  • the chip 2 can collect the information of the battery cell 3 (such as at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information), and report the information of the battery cell 3 to the management node in the BMS through the communication device 1.
  • the smart cell 1900 also includes a protection circuit board 4, which refers to an integrated circuit board that protects the cell, and the protection circuit board may include a protection chip, a MOS tube, a resistor, a capacitor, or a circuit board in a PCB. at least one of the .
  • the protection circuit board 4 is connected to the battery cell 3 and can be used to charge, discharge or power off the battery cell.
  • the collection chip 2 can collect the information of the electric core 3 (such as at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information) and the information of the protection circuit board 4 (such as voltage information, current information, temperature information, etc.) information, humidity information or deformation information), and report the information of the battery cell 3 and the information of the protection circuit board 4 to the management node in the BMS through the communication device 1.
  • the information of the electric core 3 such as at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information
  • the protection circuit board 4 such as voltage information, current information, temperature information, etc. information, humidity information or deformation information
  • the communication device 2000 includes: at least one processor 2010 and an interface 2030 , and optionally, the communication device further includes a memory 2020 .
  • the interface 2030 is used to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication device may be a chip system or an integrated circuit in the sending node or the first node in the first group.
  • the method performed by the sending node or the first node in the first group may call the memory through the processor 2010 (it may be the memory 2020 in the sending node or the first node in the first group, or it may be an external memory) implemented by programs stored in . That is, the sending node or the first node in the first group may include a processor 2010, and the processor 2010 invokes a program in the memory to execute the steps performed by the sending node or the first node in the first group in the above method embodiments. method.
  • the processor here may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities, such as a CPU.
  • the sending node or the first node in the first packet may be implemented by one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the method above. For example: one or more ASICs, or one or more microprocessors DSP, or one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. Alternatively, the above implementation manners may be combined.
  • the functions/implementation process of the communication unit 1601 and the processing unit 1602 in FIG. 16 can be realized by calling the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 2020 by the processor 2010 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing unit 1602 in FIG. 16 can be realized by the processor 2010 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG.
  • The/implementation process can be realized through the interface 2030 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal, which may be a smart furniture device, a smart transportation device, a smart manufacturing device, or a smart terminal, and the terminal includes at least one of the above-mentioned sending node or the first node in the first group.
  • smart home devices such as TVs, sweeping robots, smart desk lamps, audio systems, smart lighting systems, electrical control systems, home background music, home theater systems, intercom systems, or video surveillance, etc.
  • smart transportation devices such as cars, Ships, drones, trains, trucks, or trucks, intelligent manufacturing equipment such as robots, industrial equipment, intelligent logistics, or intelligent factories, etc.
  • intelligent terminals such as mobile phones, computers, tablets, handheld computers, desktops, headphones, audio , wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices, virtual reality devices, or augmented reality devices, etc.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the sending node in any of the above embodiments or the first node in the first group.
  • the communication system may be a BMS system.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, including at least one processor and an interface.
  • the interface is used to provide program instructions or data to at least one processor.
  • the at least one processor is configured to execute program instructions to implement the method in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • control device includes the sending node described in Figure 9- Figure 13, or is used to implement at least one of the sending nodes described in Figure 9- Figure 13 means of communicating methods or steps.
  • control device further includes a processing unit, configured to process data interacted through the communication device, and/or, used to control or configure the communication device.
  • the processing unit may be used to control on or off of the communication device or sending node, or may be used to configure at least one parameter of the communication device or sending node, so as to ensure that the communication device or sending node Normal operation of the sending node or flexible configuration of the communication device or the sending node, the at least one parameter may be any parameter related to the operation of the communication device or the sending node.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 2100 includes one or more processors 2101 and an interface circuit 2102 .
  • the chip 2100 may further include a bus 2103 . in:
  • the processor 2101 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 2101 or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor 2101 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital communicator (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components .
  • DSP digital communicator
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the interface circuit 2102 can be used for sending or receiving data, instructions or information.
  • the processor 2101 can use the data, instructions or other information received by the interface circuit 2102 to process, and can send the processing completion information through the interface circuit 2102 .
  • the chip further includes a memory, which may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides operation instructions and data to the processor.
  • a portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
  • NVRAM non-volatile random access memory
  • the memory stores executable software modules or data structures
  • the processor can execute corresponding operations by calling operation instructions stored in the memory (the operation instructions can be stored in the operating system).
  • the chip may be used in the communication device involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the interface circuit 2102 may be used to output the execution result of the processor 2101 .
  • processor 2101 and the interface circuit 2102 can be realized by hardware design, software design, or a combination of software and hardware, which is not limited here.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a specific manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising instruction means, the instructions
  • the device realizes the function specified in one or more procedures of the flowchart and/or one or more blocks of the block diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of communications. Disclosed are a communication method, apparatus and system. The method comprises: when it is determined that the number of target receiving nodes which have currently successfully established communication connections with a sending node reaches a first threshold value, stopping the sending of first information which includes connection configuration information, or sending updated first information (which does not include the connection configuration information), or sending second information which includes the connection configuration information and an indication identifier, wherein the connection configuration information is used for a receiving node to establish a communication connection with the sending node, and the indication identifier is used for indicating that the receiving node is prohibited from newly establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node. Except for the target receiving nodes, a receiving node which does not receive the first information or receives the updated first information or receives the second information can be prevented or prohibited from camping within a management range or a coverage range of the sending node or from establishing a communication connection with the sending node, thereby effectively reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.

Description

一种通信方法、装置及系统A communication method, device and system
相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
本申请要求在2022年02月07日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210115941.4、申请名称为“一种通信方法、装置及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202210115941.4 and the application title "a communication method, device and system" submitted to the China Patent Office on February 07, 2022, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application middle.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法、装置及系统。The present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication method, device and system.
背景技术Background technique
为了对电池的全生命周期(例如,电池生产、存储、运输、回收等各个环节)进行管理,通常会设置电池管理系统(battery management system,BMS),BMS主要包括电池控制单元(可以简称为主控板)和电池管理单元(可以简称为从板)。其中,主控板上部署了管理节点(下文也称作发送节点),从板上部署了终端节点(下文也称作接收节点),管理节点和终端节点之间可以进行通信交互。例如,部署在从板上的传感器获取到对应的电芯信息之后,终端节点可以将该电芯信息发送至管理节点。In order to manage the whole life cycle of the battery (for example, battery production, storage, transportation, recycling, etc.), a battery management system (battery management system, BMS) is usually set up. The BMS mainly includes a battery control unit (which can be referred to as the main control board) and battery management unit (may be referred to as slave board for short). Wherein, a management node (also referred to as a sending node hereinafter) is deployed on the main control board, and a terminal node (also referred to as a receiving node hereinafter) is deployed on the slave board, and communication and interaction can be performed between the management node and the terminal node. For example, after the deployment acquires the corresponding cell information from the sensor on the board, the terminal node may send the cell information to the management node.
管理节点和终端节点进行通信交互的前提是建立通信连接。为了使终端节点和管理节点建立通信连接,管理节点需要周期性地发送广播消息,以使终端节点基于该广播消息与终端节点建立通信连接。这样,会导致管理节点消耗大量能量。因此,如何降低管理节点的能量消耗,是亟需解决的问题。The premise of the communication interaction between the management node and the terminal node is to establish a communication connection. In order to establish a communication connection between the terminal node and the management node, the management node needs to periodically send a broadcast message, so that the terminal node establishes a communication connection with the terminal node based on the broadcast message. In this way, the management node will consume a large amount of energy. Therefore, how to reduce the energy consumption of the management node is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法、装置及系统,用以降低电池管理系统(battery management system,BMS)中管理节点的能量消耗。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, device, and system for reducing energy consumption of management nodes in a battery management system (battery management system, BMS).
第一方面,本申请实施例提供第一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于发送节点,也可以应用于发送节点中的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),该方法包括:发送第一信息,该第一信息包含连接配置信息,该连接配置信息用于接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接;确定当前与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量达到第一阈值时,执行第一操作。其中,所述第一操作包括以下中的一个:停止发送所述第一信息;或者,发送更新后的第一信息,所述更新后的第一信息不包含所述连接配置信息;或者,发送第二信息,所述第二信息包含所述连接配置信息以及指示标识,所述指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点(或者说,接收到所述第二信息的节点)与所述发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描所述发送节点。In the first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a first communication method, which can be applied to the sending node, and can also be applied to components in the sending node (such as processors, chips, or chip systems, etc.), the method includes: sending First information, the first information includes connection configuration information, the connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the receiving node and the sending node; when determining that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node reaches a first threshold , to perform the first action. Wherein, the first operation includes one of the following: stop sending the first information; or, send updated first information, and the updated first information does not include the connection configuration information; or send Second information, where the second information includes the connection configuration information and an indicator, and the indicator is used to indicate that the receiving node (or the node that has received the second information) is prohibited from establishing new communication with the sending node Connecting and/or disabling receiving nodes from scanning said sending nodes.
在本申请实施例中,“禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接”可以理解为禁止接收节点向发送节点发送连接建立请求,或者,可以理解为发送节点不能为接收节点提供更多无线接入点(access point,AP)信息或基站信息,以实现负载均衡或接入控制的状态。以及,在本申请实施例中,“禁止接收节点扫描发送节点”可以理解为发送节点的所有信息或可提 供的服务已发送完成,禁止接收节点向发送节点发送扫描请求,所述扫描请求可以用于请求其他信息或服务;或者,可以理解为发送节点不能为接收节点提供更多无线AP信息或基站信息,以实现负载均衡或接入控制的状态。这里的接收节点是指接收到所述第二信息的节点。In this embodiment of the application, "prohibiting the receiving node from establishing a new communication connection with the sending node" can be understood as prohibiting the receiving node from sending a connection establishment request to the sending node, or it can be understood that the sending node cannot provide more wireless access points for the receiving node (access point, AP) information or base station information to achieve load balancing or access control status. And, in this embodiment of the application, "prohibit the receiving node from scanning the sending node" can be understood as all the information or available services of the sending node have been sent, and the receiving node is prohibited from sending a scanning request to the sending node, and the scanning request can be used Or, it can be understood that the sending node cannot provide more wireless AP information or base station information to the receiving node to achieve load balancing or access control status. The receiving node here refers to a node that receives the second information.
需要说明的是,上述第一信息和第二信息均承载了发送节点和接收节点建立通信连接所需的信息(即连接配置信息),但第一信息与第二信息包含的某些信息单元(例如指示标识)不同,或者,第二信息比第一信息承载更多的信息等,本申请并不限制具体的差异。例如,第一信息和第二信息均为广播消息时,第一信息和第二消息中均包括指示标识,但第一信息中的指示标识用于指示允许接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或允许接收节点扫描发送节点,第二信息中的指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first information and second information both carry the information (that is, connection configuration information) required for establishing a communication connection between the sending node and the receiving node, but some information elements contained in the first information and the second information ( For example, the indication marks) are different, or the second information carries more information than the first information, and the present application does not limit specific differences. For example, when both the first information and the second information are broadcast messages, both the first information and the second message include an indicator, but the indicator in the first information is used to indicate that the receiving node is allowed to establish a new communication connection with the sending node and/or Or the receiving node is allowed to scan the sending node, and the indication in the second information is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
相应的,在本申请实施例中,“允许接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接”可以理解为允许接收节点向发送节点发送连接建立请求,或者,可以理解为发送节点处于还可以为接收节点提供更多AP信息或基站信息的状态。以及,“允许接收节点扫描发送节点”可以理解为发送节点的信息或可提供的服务未发送完成,允许接收节点向发送节点发送扫描请求,所述扫描请求可以用于请求其他信息或服务;或者,可以理解为发送节点处于还可以为接收节点提供更多无线AP信息或基站信息的状态。这里的接收节点可以是指接收到相应信息的节点。Correspondingly, in this embodiment of the application, "allowing the receiving node to create a new communication connection with the sending node" can be understood as allowing the receiving node to send a connection establishment request to the sending node, or it can be understood that the sending node can also provide more information for the receiving node. Status of multi-AP information or base station information. And, "allowing the receiving node to scan the sending node" can be understood as the sending node's information or available services have not been sent, allowing the receiving node to send a scanning request to the sending node, and the scanning request can be used to request other information or services; or , it can be understood that the sending node is in a state where it can provide more wireless AP information or base station information for the receiving node. The receiving node here may refer to a node that has received corresponding information.
一种设计中,更新后的第一信息主要体现为:相对于上述包含连接配置信息的第一信息去除了连接配置信息。进一步,更新后的第一信息与上述包含连接配置信息的第一信息还可能存在其他与时间或者流程相关的差异,本申请不做具体限定。In one design, the updated first information is mainly reflected in that the connection configuration information is removed relative to the above-mentioned first information including the connection configuration information. Further, there may be other time- or flow-related differences between the updated first information and the above-mentioned first information including connection configuration information, which are not specifically limited in this application.
可以理解的是,在本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法在应用于BMS时,发送节点即BMS中的管理节点,接收节点即BMS中的终端节点。It can be understood that when the first communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to a BMS, the sending node is a management node in the BMS, and the receiving node is a terminal node in the BMS.
在本申请实施例中,发送节点(即管理节点)在检测到与其成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量达到第一阈值时,执行第一操作(即停止发送包含连接配置信息的第一信息、发送更新后的第一信息(不包含连接配置信息)或者发送包含连接配置信息和指示标识的第二信息)。其中,通过停止发送所述第一信息,可以有效降低发送节点的能量消耗;或者,通过发送更新后的第一信息(即不包含连接配置信息的第一信息),减少了发送节点的待发送信息的信息量,可以有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。又或者,通过发送包含指示标识的第二信息,该指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与所述发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描所述发送节点,因此对于尚未与发送节点建立通信连接的节点,若未接收到所述第一信息或者接收到所述更新后的第一信息或者接收到所述第二信息,可以阻止或禁止这些节点在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围内驻留或与发送节点建立通信连接,进一步有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。In the embodiment of the present application, when the sending node (that is, the management node) detects that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with it reaches the first threshold, it performs the first operation (that is, stops sending the first information containing the connection configuration information 1. Send the updated first information (not including the connection configuration information) or send the second information including the connection configuration information and the indication identifier). Wherein, by stopping sending the first information, the energy consumption of the sending node can be effectively reduced; or, by sending the updated first information (that is, the first information that does not include the connection configuration information), the transmission node's to-be-sent The information volume of the information can effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node. Alternatively, by sending the second information including the indication, the indication is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node, so for those who have not yet established communication with the sending node If the connected nodes do not receive the first information or receive the updated first information or receive the second information, they may prevent or prohibit these nodes from camping within the management range or coverage of the sending node. Stay or establish a communication connection with the sending node to further effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node.
在一种可能的设计中,上述连接配置信息包括上述发送节点的通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。可以理解的是,在本申请实施例中,“通信域”是指发送节点为中心的一个管理区域或覆盖区域,在这个管理区域或覆盖区域内,接收节点可以与发送节点建立通信连接,并进行信息交互。相应的,“通信域域名”是指这个管理区域或覆盖区域的提供通信服务的节点的名称,例如可以是发送节点的节点名称、AP的名称、基站的名称或服务器的名称中的至少一项;“通信域标识”是指这个管理区域或覆 盖区域的提供通信服务的节点的标识,例如可以是发送节点的节点标识、AP的标识、基站的标识或服务器的标识中的至少一项;“层2链路标识”是指“以太网在二层链路上唯一标识发送节点形成的标识,例如可以是16比特或48比特形成的标识;“物理层标识”是指发送节点的物理层对应的标识。In a possible design, the connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node. It can be understood that, in this embodiment of the application, "communication domain" refers to a management area or coverage area centered on the sending node. In this management area or coverage area, the receiving node can establish a communication connection with the sending node, and carry out information exchange. Correspondingly, "communication domain domain name" refers to the name of the node that provides communication services in the management area or coverage area, for example, it can be at least one of the node name of the sending node, the name of the AP, the name of the base station, or the name of the server ;"Communication Domain Identity" refers to the identity of the node that provides communication services in this management area or coverage area, for example, it can be at least one of the node identity of the sending node, the identity of the AP, the identity of the base station, or the identity of the server;" Layer 2 link identifier" refers to "the identifier formed by Ethernet uniquely identifying the sending node on the layer 2 link, for example, it can be an identifier formed by 16 bits or 48 bits; "physical layer identifier" refers to the corresponding physical layer of the sending node logo.
在一种可能的设计中,在执行第一操作之后,所述方法还包括:确定满足第一条件;发送第一信息;其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:确定当前与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接的所述目标接收节点的数量小于所述第一阈值、所述发送节点与所述目标接收节点中的任意节点之间的通信链路异常、所述目标接收节点中的任意节点处于非连接状态、所述目标接收节点中的任意节点关联的电芯异常、所述发送节点的通信资源更新、或者所述第一阈值更新。In a possible design, after performing the first operation, the method further includes: determining that a first condition is met; sending first information; wherein the first condition includes at least one of the following: determining that the current The number of the target receiving nodes with which the sending node successfully establishes communication connections is less than the first threshold, the communication link between the sending node and any node in the target receiving nodes is abnormal, and the target receiving nodes in the Any node is in a disconnected state, a battery cell associated with any node in the target receiving node is abnormal, a communication resource of the sending node is updated, or the first threshold is updated.
可以理解的是,在本申请实施例中,“目标接收节点中的任意节点处于非连接状态”是指目标接收节点中的任意节点与发送节点之间没有建立空口连接(例如无线电资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接、或任意资源控制(everything resource control,XRC)连接),即目标接收节点中的任意节点处于空闲态或非激活态。发送节点的通信资源包括接入资源和/或公共信道参数配置。其中,接入资源包括发送节点为接收节点配置的用于建立通信连接的时间资源和频率资源,公共信道参数配置包括发送节点与接收节点进行通信所需的公共信道资源,公共信道资源包括时域、频域、空域、或跳频方式中的任一配置。It can be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, "any node in the target receiving node is in a non-connected state" means that no air interface connection (such as radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) connection, or any resource control (everything resource control, XRC) connection), that is, any node in the target receiving node is in an idle state or an inactive state. The communication resources of the sending node include access resources and/or common channel parameter configurations. Among them, the access resource includes the time resource and frequency resource configured by the sending node for the receiving node to establish a communication connection, the common channel parameter configuration includes the common channel resource required for the sending node to communicate with the receiving node, and the common channel resource includes time domain , frequency domain, air domain, or any configuration in frequency hopping.
在该设计中,在满足第一条件(例如,确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量小于所述第一阈值)时,发送节点可以发送上述第一信息,使得其他接收节点可以与发送节点建立通信连接,从而使得与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量尽快达到第一阈值,可以有效减少发送节点的通信资源浪费。In this design, when the first condition is met (for example, it is determined that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold), the sending node can send the above-mentioned first information, so that other receiving nodes A communication connection can be established with the sending node, so that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node reaches the first threshold as soon as possible, which can effectively reduce the waste of communication resources of the sending node.
在一种可能的设计中,上述通信方法还包括:确定在第一预设时长内,目标接收节点的数量未达到第一阈值,执行第二操作;其中,第二操作包括上报第一接收节点的异常信息、上报第一接收节点关联的电芯的异常信息、停止发送第一信息、或调整发送第一信息的周期中的至少一项;第一接收节点为在第一预设时长内未成功与发送节点建立通信连接的接收节点。在该设计中,确定在第一预设时长内,目标接收节点的数量未达到第一阈值,执行第二操作。例如,当第二操作为停止发送第一信息或调整发送第一信息的周期,可以及时减少发送节点的通信资源的浪费,从而进一步降低发送节点的能量消耗。又例如,当第二操作为上报第一接收节点的异常信息和/或第一接收节点关联的电芯的异常信息,使得BMS可以及时进行异常处理,从而有效延长第一接收节点和/或第一接收节点关联的电芯的使用寿命。In a possible design, the above communication method further includes: determining that the number of target receiving nodes has not reached the first threshold within the first preset time period, and performing a second operation; wherein the second operation includes reporting to the first receiving node at least one of the abnormal information of the first receiving node, reporting the abnormal information of the cell associated with the first receiving node, stopping sending the first information, or adjusting the cycle of sending the first information; A receiving node that has successfully established a communication connection with a sending node. In this design, it is determined that within the first preset time period, the number of target receiving nodes does not reach the first threshold, and a second operation is performed. For example, when the second operation is to stop sending the first information or adjust the period of sending the first information, the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node. For another example, when the second operation is to report the abnormal information of the first receiving node and/or the abnormal information of the batteries associated with the first receiving node, so that the BMS can handle the abnormality in time, thereby effectively prolonging the duration of the first receiving node and/or the first receiving node. The service life of the cell associated with a receiving node.
可选的,发送节点可以向BMS中的电池控制单元上报第一接收节点的异常信息和/或第一接收节点关联的电芯的异常信息,进而电池控制单元可以生成相应的控制指令,并通过发送节点发送至第一接收节点,以对第一接收节点执行相应的操作(例如,断电)和/或对第一接收节点执行关联的电池执行相应的操作(例如,断电、充电、或放电中的任一项)。Optionally, the sending node can report the abnormality information of the first receiving node and/or the abnormality information of the batteries associated with the first receiving node to the battery control unit in the BMS, and then the battery control unit can generate corresponding control instructions, and pass The sending node sends to the first receiving node to perform corresponding operations on the first receiving node (for example, power off) and/or perform corresponding operations on the battery associated with the first receiving node (for example, power off, charge, or any of the discharges).
第二方面,本申请实施例还提供了第二种通信方法,该方法可以应用于发送节点,也可以应用于发送节点中的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),该方法包括:在第一时间窗发送第一信息,所述第一信息包含连接第一配置信息,所述第一连接配置信息用于属于第一分组的第一节点与发送节点建立通信连接;其中,所述第一分组对应所述第一 时间窗;在所述第一时间窗内,确定所述第一分组中当前与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量达到第一阈值时,执行第一操作。其中,所述第一操作包括以下中的一个:停止发送所述第一信息;或者,发送更新后的第一信息,所述更新后的第一信息不包含所述第一连接配置信息;或者,发送第二信息,所述第二信息包含所述第一连接配置信息以及第一指示标识,所述第一指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点(接收到所述第二信息的节点)与所述发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描所述发送节点;其中,所述第一阈值为所述第一时间窗对应的阈值。In the second aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a second communication method, which can be applied to the sending node, and can also be applied to components in the sending node (such as processors, chips, or chip systems, etc.), the method includes : Sending first information in a first time window, where the first information includes connection first configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the first node belonging to the first group and the sending node; wherein the The first group corresponds to the first time window; within the first time window, when it is determined that the number of first target nodes in the first group that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node reaches a first threshold , to perform the first action. Wherein, the first operation includes one of the following: stop sending the first information; or, send updated first information, and the updated first information does not include the first connection configuration information; or , sending second information, where the second information includes the first connection configuration information and a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate that the receiving node (the node that receives the second information) is prohibited from communicating with the The sending node establishes a new communication connection and/or prohibits the receiving node from scanning the sending node; wherein the first threshold is a threshold corresponding to the first time window.
可以理解的是,在本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法在应用于BMS时,发送节点即BMS中的管理节点,第一节点即BMS中管理节点管理的第一分组中的终端节点(即接收节点)。It can be understood that when the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to the BMS, the sending node is the management node in the BMS, and the first node is the terminal node in the first group managed by the management node in the BMS ( the receiving node).
需要说明的是,一种设计中,更新后的第一信息主要体现为:相对于上述包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息去除了第一连接配置信息。进一步,更新后的第一信息与上述包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息还可能存在其他与时间或者流程相关的差异,本申请不做具体限定。It should be noted that, in one design, the updated first information is mainly reflected in that the first connection configuration information is removed relative to the first information including the first connection configuration information. Further, there may be other time- or flow-related differences between the updated first information and the above-mentioned first information including the first connection configuration information, which are not specifically limited in this application.
需要说明的是,上述第一信息和第二信息均承载了第一节点与发送节点建立通信连接所需的信息(例如第一连接配置信息),但第一信息与第二信息包含的某些信息单元(例如指示标识)不同,或者,第二信息比第一信息承载更多的信息等,本申请并不限制具体的差异。例如,第一信息和第二信息均为广播消息时,第一信息和第二消息中均包括第一指示标识,但第一信息中的第一指示标识用于指示允许接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或允许接收节点扫描发送节点,第二信息中的第一指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first information and second information both carry information (for example, first connection configuration information) required for establishing a communication connection between the first node and the sending node, but some of the information contained in the first information and the second information The information units (for example, indications) are different, or the second information carries more information than the first information, and the present application does not limit specific differences. For example, when both the first information and the second information are broadcast messages, both the first information and the second message include the first indication, but the first indication in the first information is used to indicate that the receiving node and the sending node are allowed to create new The communication connection and/or allowing the receiving node to scan the sending node, the first indication in the second information is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
在本申请实施例中,发送节点(即管理节点)在第一时间窗内,确定第一分组中当前与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量达到第一阈值时,执行第一操作(即停止发送包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息、发送更新后的第一信息(不包含第一连接配置信息)或者发送包含第一连接配置信息和第一指示标识第二信息中的任一项)。其中,通过停止发送所述第一信息,可以有效降低发送节点的能量消耗;或者通过发送更新后的第一信息,减少了发送节点的待发送信息的信息量,可以有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。并且,由于该第一连接配置信息用于第一节点与发送节点建立通信连接,该第一指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与所述发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描所述发送节点,因此对于第一分组中未与发送节点建立通信连接的接收节点,若在第一时间窗内未接收到所述第一信息或者接收到所述更新后的第一信息或者接收到所述第二信息,可以阻止或禁止这些接收节点在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围内驻留或与发送节点建立通信连接,进一步有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。In this embodiment of the present application, when the sending node (that is, the management node) determines within the first time window that the number of the first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node in the first group reaches the first threshold, execute The first operation (that is, stop sending the first information including the first connection configuration information, send the updated first information (not including the first connection configuration information), or send the second information including the first connection configuration information and the first indication any of the items). Wherein, by stopping sending the first information, the energy consumption of the sending node can be effectively reduced; or by sending the updated first information, the amount of information to be sent by the sending node is reduced, and the energy consumption of the sending node can be effectively reduced . Moreover, since the first connection configuration information is used for the first node to establish a communication connection with the sending node, the first indication is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node. node, therefore, for a receiving node that has not established a communication connection with the sending node in the first packet, if the first information is not received within the first time window or the updated first information is received or the The second information can prevent or prohibit these receiving nodes from residing in the management area or coverage area of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, so as to further effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node.
类似的,对于第二分组中的第二节点,发送节点还可以在第二时间窗发送第三信息,所述第三信息包含第二连接配置信息,该第二连接配置信息用于属于第二分组的第二节点与所述发送节点建立通信连接;其中,所述第二分组对应所述第二时间窗,所述第一时间窗与所述第二时间窗不存在重叠的时间资源,和/或,所述第一分组和所述第二分组中不存在相同的节点;在所述第二时间窗内,确定所述第二分组中当前与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二目标节点的数量达到第二阈值时,执行第三操作,所述第三操作包括以下中的一个:停止发送所述第三信息;发送更新后的第三信息,所述更新后的第三信息不包 含所述第二连接配置信息;或者,发送第四信息,所述第四信息包含所述第二连接配置信息以及第二指示标识,所述第二指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与所述发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描所述发送节点;其中,所述第二阈值为所述第二时间窗对应的阈值。Similarly, for the second node in the second group, the sending node may also send third information in the second time window, the third information includes second connection configuration information, and the second connection configuration information is used to belong to the second node. The second node of the group establishes a communication connection with the sending node; wherein, the second group corresponds to the second time window, and there is no overlapping time resource between the first time window and the second time window, and /or, the same node does not exist in the first group and the second group; within the second time window, determine the second node in the second group that currently successfully establishes a communication connection with the sending node When the number of target nodes reaches the second threshold, a third operation is performed, and the third operation includes one of the following: stop sending the third information; send updated third information, and the updated third information The second connection configuration information is not included; or, fourth information is sent, the fourth information includes the second connection configuration information and a second indicator, and the second indicator is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from communicating with the The sending node creates a new communication connection and/or prohibits the receiving node from scanning the sending node; wherein, the second threshold is a threshold corresponding to the second time window.
对于第二分组,通过停止发送所述第三信息,可以有效降低发送节点的能量消耗;或者通过发送更新后的第三信息,减少了发送节点的待发送信息的信息量,可以有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。以及,对于第二分组中未与发送节点建立通信连接的接收节点,若在第二时间窗内未接收到所述第三信息或者接收到所述更新后的第三信息或者接收到所述第四信息,可以阻止或禁止这些接收节点在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围内驻留或与发送节点建立通信连接,进一步有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。For the second group, by stopping sending the third information, the energy consumption of the sending node can be effectively reduced; or by sending the updated third information, the amount of information to be sent by the sending node is reduced, and the energy consumption of the sending node can be effectively reduced. energy consumption. And, for the receiving node in the second group that has not established a communication connection with the sending node, if the third information is not received within the second time window or the updated third information is received or the first Four information can prevent or prohibit these receiving nodes from residing in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, further effectively reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
需要说明的是,上述第三信息和第四信息均承载了第二节点与发送节点建立通信连接所需的信息(例如第二连接配置信息),但第三信息与第四信息包含的某些信息单元(例如指示标识)不同,或者,第四信息比第三信息承载更多的信息等,本申请并不限制具体的差异。例如,第三信息和第四信息均为广播消息时,第三信息和第四消息中均包括第二指示标识,但第三信息中的第二指示标识用于指示允许第二节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或允许第二节点扫描发送节点,第四信息中的第二指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。It should be noted that both the third information and the fourth information above carry the information (such as the second connection configuration information) required for the second node to establish a communication connection with the sending node, but some information contained in the third information and the fourth information The information units (for example, indications) are different, or the fourth information carries more information than the third information, and the present application does not limit specific differences. For example, when both the third information and the fourth information are broadcast messages, both the third information and the fourth message include the second indicator, but the second indicator in the third information is used to indicate that the second node and the sending node are allowed Create a communication connection and/or allow the second node to scan the sending node, and the second indication in the fourth information is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
需要说明的是,在该实施例中,第一信息与第三信息的内容相同,第二信息和第四信息的内容相同。其区别在于,第一信息和第二信息是在第一时间窗内发送,第三信息和第四信息是在第一时间窗内发送。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the content of the first information is the same as that of the third information, and the content of the second information is the same as that of the fourth information. The difference is that the first information and the second information are sent within the first time window, and the third information and the fourth information are sent within the first time window.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中“第一时间窗”或“第二时间窗”可以通过以下一项或多项信息定义:起始时间、起始时间的时间偏移量、截止时间、截止时间的时间偏移量、周期、窗长。以及,本申请实施例中“第一时间窗与第二时间窗不存在重叠的时间资源”,可以理解为第一时间窗和第二时间窗对应的时间资源可以是连续的,或者是存在预设间隔的,本申请实施例不作具体的限制。It can be understood that the "first time window" or "second time window" in this embodiment of the application can be defined by one or more of the following information: start time, time offset of start time, deadline, The time offset, period, and window length of the deadline. And, in the embodiment of the present application, "there is no overlapping time resource between the first time window and the second time window", it can be understood that the time resources corresponding to the first time window and the second time window can be continuous, or there is a predetermined If intervals are provided, this embodiment of the present application does not make specific limitations.
如此,通过发送节点可以对接收节点进行分组管理,使得发送节点的通信资源合理分配,并且发送节点的管理粒度更细,便于发送节点对接收节点的管控。In this way, the sending node can manage the receiving nodes in groups, so that the communication resources of the sending node are allocated reasonably, and the management granularity of the sending node is finer, which is convenient for the sending node to control the receiving node.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一连接配置信息包括发送节点的通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。类似的,所述第二连接配置信息包括发送节点的通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。In a possible design, the first connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node. Similarly, the second connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
需要说明的是,上述第一连接配置信息、第二连接配置信息以及第一种通信方法中的连接配置信息均为发送节点与接收节点建立通信连接的关键信息。其中,第一连接配置信息用于属于第一分组的第一节点与发送节点建立通信连接,第二连接配置信息用于属于第二分组的第二节点与所述发送节点建立通信连接,连接配置信息用于所有接收节点与所述发送节点建立通信连接。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first connection configuration information, second connection configuration information, and connection configuration information in the first communication method are all key information for establishing a communication connection between the sending node and the receiving node. Wherein, the first connection configuration information is used for the first node belonging to the first group to establish a communication connection with the sending node, and the second connection configuration information is used for the second node belonging to the second group to establish a communication connection with the sending node, and the connection configuration The information is used by all receiving nodes to establish a communication connection with said sending node.
在一种可能的设计中,在执行第一操作之后,所述方法还包括:在所述第一时间窗内,确定满足第一条件;发送所述第一信息;其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:确定当前与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接的所述第一目标节点的数量小于所述第一阈值、所述发送节点与所述第一目标节点中的任意节点之间的通信链路异常、所述第一目标节点中的任意节点处于非连接状态、所述第一目标节点中的任意节点关联的电芯异常、所述发送节 点的通信资源更新、或者所述第一阈值更新。In a possible design, after performing the first operation, the method further includes: within the first time window, determining that a first condition is met; sending the first information; wherein the first condition Including at least one of the following: determining that the number of the first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold; The communication link of the first target node is abnormal, any node in the first target node is in a disconnected state, the battery cell associated with any node in the first target node is abnormal, the communication resource of the sending node is updated, or the second target node A threshold update.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:在所述第一时间窗内,确定所述第一目标节点的数量未达到所述第一阈值,执行第二操作;其中,所述第二操作包括上报第三节点的异常信息、上报所述第三节点关联的电芯的异常信息、停止发送所述第一信息、或调整发送所述第一信息的周期中的至少一项;所述第三节点为所述第一分组中在所述第一时间窗内未成功与所述发送节点建立通信连接的节点。In a possible design, the method further includes: within the first time window, determining that the number of the first target nodes has not reached the first threshold, and performing a second operation; wherein the first The second operation includes reporting the abnormal information of the third node, reporting the abnormal information of the batteries associated with the third node, stopping sending the first information, or adjusting at least one of the periods for sending the first information; The third node is a node in the first group that fails to establish a communication connection with the sending node within the first time window.
第三方面,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以应用于第一节点,也可以应用于管理节点中的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),包括:在第一时间窗内,接收第一信息,所述第一信息包含第一连接配置信息,所述第一连接配置信息用于属于第一分组的第一节点与发送节点建立通信连接,所述第一分组对应所述第一时间窗;在与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接之后,执行以下任一个:在所述第一时间窗的剩余时间不接收所述第一信息,以及在所述第一时间窗之外的时间不接收所述第一信息;在所述第一时间窗的剩余时间内接收更新后的第一信息,所述更新后的第一信息不包含所述第一连接配置信息;或者,在所述第一时间窗的剩余时间内接收第二信息,所述第二信息包含所述第一连接配置信息以及第一指示标识,所述第一指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与所述发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描所述发送节点。In the third aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, which can be applied to the first node, and can also be applied to components (such as processors, chips, or chip systems, etc.) in the management node, including: In the first time window, receiving first information, the first information includes first connection configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the first node belonging to the first group and the sending node, and the first connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection with the sending node. A group corresponds to the first time window; after successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node, perform any of the following: do not receive the first information during the remaining time of the first time window, and do not receive the first information during the first time window The first information is not received at a time outside a time window; updated first information is received within the remaining time of the first time window, and the updated first information does not include the first connection configuration or receive second information within the remaining time of the first time window, where the second information includes the first connection configuration information and a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate prohibition of receiving The node establishes a communication connection with the sending node and/or prohibits the receiving node from scanning the sending node.
在本申请实施例中,第一分组中的第一节点在其对应第一时间窗接收第一信息,以及在与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接之后,在所述第一时间窗的剩余时间不接收所述第一信息,以及在所述第一时间窗之外的时间不接收所述第一信息;在所述第一时间窗的剩余时间内接收更新后的第一信息,所述更新后的第一信息不包含所述第一连接配置信息;或者,在所述第一时间窗的剩余时间内接收第二信息,所述第二信息包含所述第一连接配置信息以及第一指示标识,所述第一指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与所述发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描所述发送节点。如此,有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。In this embodiment of the present application, the first node in the first group receives the first information in its corresponding first time window, and after successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node, within the remaining time of the first time window not receiving the first information, and not receiving the first information at times outside the first time window; receiving updated first information within the remaining time of the first time window, the updated The subsequent first information does not include the first connection configuration information; or, receiving second information within the remaining time of the first time window, the second information includes the first connection configuration information and the first indication An identifier, where the first indication identifier is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node. In this way, the energy consumption of the sending node is effectively reduced.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一连接配置信息包括所述发送节点的通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。In a possible design, the first connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以是发送节点,还可以是用于发送节点的芯片或集成电路或芯片系统。该装置具有实现上述第一方面或基于第一方面的各可能的设计的功能,或者,该装置具有实现上述第二方面或基于第二方面的各可能的设计的功能,该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The device may be a sending node, or may be a chip, an integrated circuit, or a chip system for the sending node. The device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned first aspect or various possible designs based on the first aspect, or, the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned second aspect or various possible designs based on the second aspect, and the function can be realized by hardware , can also be realized by executing corresponding software through hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以是第一节点,还可以是用于第一节点的芯片或集成电路或芯片系统。该装置具有实现上述第三方面或基于第三方面的各可能的实施方式的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The device may be a first node, or may be a chip, an integrated circuit, or a chip system for the first node. The device has the function of realizing the above third aspect or various possible implementation manners based on the third aspect. This function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现上述第一方面或基于第一方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法、或述第二方面或基于第二方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法。可选的,所述通信装置还包含存储器。或者,该存储器可以位于该装置之外。其中,所述存储器用于存储程序或 代码指令,以供所述至少一个处理器执行。In the sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor and an interface circuit, and the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor Or send the signal from the processor to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the above first aspect or various possible designs based on the first aspect through a logic circuit or executing code instructions The method described in, or the method described in the second aspect or every possible design based on the second aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Alternatively, the memory may be located external to the device. Wherein, the memory is used to store programs or code instructions for execution by the at least one processor.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现上述第三方面或基于第三方面的各可能的实施方式中所述的方法。可选的,所述通信装置还包含存储器。或者,该存储器可以位于该装置之外。其中,所述存储器用于存储程序或代码指令,以供所述至少一个处理器执行。In the seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor and an interface circuit, and the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor Or send the signal from the processor to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the above third aspect or various possible implementations based on the third aspect through a logic circuit or executing code instructions method described in the method. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Alternatively, the memory may be located external to the device. Wherein, the memory is used to store programs or code instructions for execution by the at least one processor.
第八方面,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或基于第一方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法、第二方面或基于第二方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法、或第三方面或基于第三方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法。In the eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or all possible designs based on the first aspect. method, the method described in the second aspect or possible designs based on the second aspect, or the method described in the third aspect or possible designs based on the third aspect.
第九方面,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或基于第一方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法、第二方面或基于第二方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法、或第三方面或基于第三方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法。In the ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method described in the above-mentioned first aspect or various possible designs based on the first aspect, and the second aspect Or the method described in each possible design based on the second aspect, or the third aspect or the method described in each possible design based on the third aspect.
第十方面,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,包括处理器,处理器与存储器耦合,存储器用于存储程序或指令,当程序或指令被处理器执行时,使得该芯片系统实现上述第一方面或基于第一方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法、第二方面或基于第二方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法、或第三方面或基于第三方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法。该存储器可以位于该芯片系统之内,也可以位于该芯片系统之外。且该处理器包括一个或多个。In the tenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, including a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, and the memory is used to store programs or instructions, and when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor, the chip system realizes the above-mentioned first The method described in one aspect or each possible design based on the first aspect, the method described in the second aspect or each possible design based on the second aspect, or the third aspect or each possible design based on the third aspect method described in the design. The memory can be located inside the system-on-a-chip, or outside the system-on-a-chip. And the processor includes one or more.
第十一方面,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,包括用于执行上述第一方面或基于第一方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法、第二方面或基于第二方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法的发送节点,和用于执行上述第三方面或基于第三方面的各可能的设计中所述的方法的第一节点。In the eleventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including the method for performing the above-mentioned first aspect or various possible designs based on the first aspect, the second aspect, or each possible design based on the second aspect. A sending node of the method described in a possible design, and a first node configured to execute the method described in the third aspect or possible designs based on the third aspect.
第十二方面,本申请实施例还提供一种终端,该终端可以包含上述第四方面到第七方面中任一方面或者基于所述任一方面的任一可能的通信装置。示例性的,该终端包括但不限于以下设备中的任一种:智能家居设备(诸如电视、扫地机器人、智能台灯、音响系统、智能照明系统、电器控制系统、家庭背景音乐、家庭影院系统、对讲系统、视频监控等)、智能运输设备(诸如汽车、轮船、无人机、火车、货车、卡车等)、智能制造设备(诸如机器人、工业设备、智能物流、智能工厂等)、智能终端(手机、计算机、平板电脑、掌上电脑、台式机、耳机、音响、穿戴设备、车载设备、虚拟现实设备、增强现实设备等)。In a twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, and the terminal may include any one of the foregoing fourth to seventh aspects or any possible communication device based on any one of the foregoing aspects. Exemplarily, the terminal includes but is not limited to any of the following devices: smart home devices (such as TVs, sweeping robots, smart lamps, sound systems, smart lighting systems, electrical control systems, home background music, home theater systems, intercom system, video surveillance, etc.), intelligent transportation equipment (such as cars, ships, drones, trains, trucks, trucks, etc.), intelligent manufacturing equipment (such as robots, industrial equipment, intelligent logistics, intelligent factories, etc.), intelligent terminals (Mobile phones, computers, tablets, PDAs, desktops, headsets, speakers, wearables, car devices, virtual reality devices, augmented reality devices, etc.).
第十三方面,本申请实施例还提供一种电池装置,包括上述第五方面或第七方面所述的通信装置,以及一个或多个电芯。In a thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a battery device, including the communication device described in the fifth aspect or the seventh aspect, and one or more battery cells.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述电池装置还包含至少一个采集芯片,所述至少一个采集芯片用于采集所述一个或多个电芯的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the battery device further includes at least one collection chip, and the at least one collection chip is used to collect information of the one or more battery cells.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述电池装置可以为电池模组。进一步,任一个电池模组可以包含一个或多个电芯。在实际的实现中,每个电芯可以配置至少一个采集芯片,或者每个电池模组可以配置至少一个采集芯片。In a possible implementation manner, the battery device may be a battery module. Further, any battery module can contain one or more battery cells. In actual implementation, each battery cell can be equipped with at least one acquisition chip, or each battery module can be equipped with at least one acquisition chip.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述电池装置还包括保护电路板,所述采集芯片还用于采集所述保护电路板的信息;所述通信装置还用于发送所述保护电路板的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the battery device further includes a protection circuit board, and the collection chip is also used to collect information on the protection circuit board; the communication device is also used to send information on the protection circuit board .
第十四方面,本申请实施例还提供一种控制装置,包括上述第四方面或第六方面所述的通信装置。其中,该控制装置可以为电池控制单元(battery control unit,BCU)或电池管理系统主控模块,或者,也可以为具有任意其他控制功能的控制装置,例如车载中央处理器、或者电子控制单元等等。In a fourteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application further provides a control device, including the communication device described in the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect. Wherein, the control device may be a battery control unit (battery control unit, BCU) or a main control module of a battery management system, or may be a control device with any other control functions, such as a vehicle-mounted central processing unit, or an electronic control unit, etc. wait.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述控制装置还包含处理单元,所述处理单元用于处理通过所述通信装置交互的数据,和/或,用于控制或配置所述通信装置。一种设计中,所述处理单元可以用于控制所述通信装置的开启或关闭,或者,可以用于配置所述通信装置的至少一个参数,以保证所述通信装置的正常运行或者实现所述通信装置的灵活配置,所述至少一个参数可以是与所述通信装置运行有关的任意参数。In a possible implementation manner, the control device further includes a processing unit, and the processing unit is configured to process data interacted through the communication device, and/or, to control or configure the communication device. In one design, the processing unit can be used to control the opening or closing of the communication device, or can be used to configure at least one parameter of the communication device, so as to ensure the normal operation of the communication device or realize the For flexible configuration of the communication device, the at least one parameter may be any parameter related to the operation of the communication device.
应理解,上述第二方面至第十四方面的技术效果,请参见上述第一方面中对应的技术效果描述,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that, for the technical effects of the above-mentioned second aspect to the fourteenth aspect, please refer to the description of the corresponding technical effects in the above-mentioned first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的系统架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a possible system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的系统架构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another possible system architecture provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的场景示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a possible scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的场景示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another possible scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的场景示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another possible scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的供电方式示意图之一;Fig. 6 is one of the schematic diagrams of the power supply mode provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的供电方式示意图之一;Fig. 7 is one of the schematic diagrams of the power supply mode provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的供电方式示意图之一;Fig. 8 is one of the schematic diagrams of the power supply mode provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程示意图之一;FIG. 9 is one of the schematic flowcharts of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程示意图之二;FIG. 10 is the second schematic flow diagram of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程示意图之一;FIG. 11 is one of the schematic flowcharts of the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程示意图之二;FIG. 12 is the second schematic flow diagram of the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法的流程示意图之三;FIG. 13 is the third schematic flow diagram of the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种时间窗示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a time window provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的又一种时间窗示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another time window provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种电池装置示意图;Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of a battery device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种电池模组示意图;Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of a battery module provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种智能电芯示意图;Fig. 19 is a schematic diagram of a smart battery provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置示意图;FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of another communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的结构示意图。FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。In the following, some terms used in the embodiments of the present application are explained, so as to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
1)电池管理系统(battery management system,BMS),用于管理电池组。进一步可以实现在电池组充放电使用过程中,保障安全的同时,延长电池组的使用寿命。电池管理系统提供了电池管理功能,电池管理功能包括但不限于监控电池的状态(例如,电池的电压、电流、温度或形变)、计算电池的充电水平和容量、控制电池的充电和放电和通信功能。其中,BMS包括电池控制单元(可以简称为主控板)和电池管理单元(可以简称为从板)。其中,主控板上部署了管理节点(下文也称作发送节点),从板上部署了终端节点(下文也称作接收节点),管理节点和终端节点之间可以进行通信交互。例如,部署在从板上的传感器获取对应的电芯信息之后,终端节点可以将该电芯信息发送至管理节点。1) battery management system (battery management system, BMS), used to manage the battery pack. Further, the service life of the battery pack can be extended while ensuring safety during the charging and discharging process of the battery pack. The battery management system provides battery management functions, including but not limited to monitoring the state of the battery (for example, the voltage, current, temperature or deformation of the battery), calculating the charge level and capacity of the battery, controlling the charging and discharging of the battery and communicating Function. Wherein, the BMS includes a battery control unit (which may be referred to as a master control board) and a battery management unit (which may be referred to as a slave board for short). Wherein, a management node (also referred to as a sending node hereinafter) is deployed on the main control board, and a terminal node (also referred to as a receiving node hereinafter) is deployed on the slave board, and communication and interaction can be performed between the management node and the terminal node. For example, after the deployment acquires the corresponding cell information from the sensor on the board, the terminal node may send the cell information to the management node.
2)发送节点,是BMS中与电池控制单元相对应的终端设备,也可称作“管理节点”。发送节点与接收节点共同实现BMS的通信功能。例如,发送节点可以接收节点上报的接收节点关联的电芯异常信息或接收节点的异常信息,以及下发相应的控制信息。在一些可能的实施例中,发送节点还可以将设置于电池中的接收节点进行分组管理。可选的,本申请实施例中所述发送节点可以设置于所述电池控制单元内部,或者,所述发送节点可以独立于所述电池控制单元。例如,当所述发送节点独立于所述电池控制单元时,所述发送节点以通过有线线路与所述电池控制单元连接。2) The sending node is the terminal device corresponding to the battery control unit in the BMS, and can also be called a "management node". The sending node and the receiving node jointly realize the communication function of the BMS. For example, the sending node can receive the cell abnormality information associated with the receiving node or the abnormality information of the receiving node reported by the node, and send corresponding control information. In some possible embodiments, the sending node may also perform group management on the receiving node set in the battery. Optionally, the sending node in the embodiment of the present application may be set inside the battery control unit, or the sending node may be independent of the battery control unit. For example, when the sending node is independent from the battery control unit, the sending node may be connected to the battery control unit through a wired line.
3)接收节点,是BMS中与电池管理单元相对应的终端设备,也称作“终端节点”。发送节点与接收节点共同实现BMS的通信功能。例如,接收节点可以向发送节点上传接收节点关联的电芯异常信息或接收节点的异常信息,以及接收发送节点下发的相应的控制信息。可选的,本申请实施例中所述接收节点可以设置于所述电池管理单元内部,或者,所述接收节点可以独立于所述电池管理单元。例如,当所述接收节点独立于所述电池管理单元时,所述接收节点可以通过有线线路与所述电池管理单元连接。3) The receiving node is the terminal device corresponding to the battery management unit in the BMS, also called "terminal node". The sending node and the receiving node jointly realize the communication function of the BMS. For example, the receiving node can upload the cell abnormality information associated with the receiving node or the abnormality information of the receiving node to the sending node, and receive corresponding control information issued by the sending node. Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the receiving node may be set inside the battery management unit, or the receiving node may be independent of the battery management unit. For example, when the receiving node is independent from the battery management unit, the receiving node may be connected to the battery management unit through a wired line.
4)电芯,电芯是电池的一个组成部分。可选的,电池中还可以包括保护电路板。保护电路板是指对电芯起保护作用的集成电路板。保护电路板可以包括保护芯片、金属氧化物场效应晶体管(metal oxide semiconductor,MOS)、电阻、电容、或印制电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)中的至少一项。保护电路板可以用于控制电芯进行充电、放电、或断电等处理。在本申请的一些实施例中,电池系统中的电池管理单元关联一个或多个电芯,因此该电池管理单元对应的接收节点向电池控制单元对应的发送节点上报的电池信息为一个或多个电芯的信息。在另一些可能的实施例中,电池中的电池管理单元关联一个或多个电芯和保护电路板,因此该电池管理单元对应的接收节点向电池控制单元对应的发送节点上报的电池信息包括一个或多个电芯的信息和保护电路板的信息。以及,在另一些可能的实施例中,电池中的电池管理单元关联保护电路板,因此该电池管理单元对应的接收节点向电池控制单元对应的发送节点上报的电池信息包括保护电路板的信息。4) Battery cell, which is an integral part of the battery. Optionally, the battery may also include a protection circuit board. The protective circuit board refers to the integrated circuit board that protects the battery. The protection circuit board may include at least one of a protection chip, a metal oxide semiconductor (MOS), a resistor, a capacitor, or a printed circuit board (PCB). The protection circuit board can be used to control the charging, discharging, or power-off of the battery cell. In some embodiments of the present application, the battery management unit in the battery system is associated with one or more battery cells, so the battery information reported by the receiving node corresponding to the battery management unit to the sending node corresponding to the battery control unit is one or more Cell information. In other possible embodiments, the battery management unit in the battery is associated with one or more battery cells and protection circuit boards, so the battery information reported by the receiving node corresponding to the battery management unit to the sending node corresponding to the battery control unit includes a Or the information of multiple batteries and the information of the protection circuit board. And, in some other possible embodiments, the battery management unit in the battery is associated with the protection circuit board, so the battery information reported by the receiving node corresponding to the battery management unit to the sending node corresponding to the battery control unit includes the information of the protection circuit board.
5)电池模组,当多个电芯被同一个外壳框架封装在一起,通过统一的边界与外部进行联系时,这就组成了一个模组。一个电池可以包括一个或多个电池模组。在本申请的一些实施例中,电池中的终端设备(即接收节点)设置于电池模组中,因此电池中接收节点向发送节点上报的电芯信息为至少一个电池模组中的多个电芯的信息。5) Battery module, when multiple batteries are packaged together by the same shell frame and communicate with the outside through a unified boundary, this forms a module. A battery can include one or more battery modules. In some embodiments of the present application, the terminal equipment in the battery (that is, the receiving node) is set in the battery module, so the cell information reported by the receiving node in the battery to the sending node is the information of multiple batteries in at least one battery module. core information.
6)分组,在本申请实施例中是指发送节点将设置于电池中的接收节点进行分组管理形成的分组,例如,第一分组和第二分组。6) Grouping, in the embodiment of the present application, refers to the grouping formed by the sending node through group management of the receiving node set in the battery, for example, the first group and the second group.
7)时间窗,在本申请实施例中是指发送节点对其提供的资源进行分时使用形成的预设时长,该预设时长包括截止时间、起始时间、起始时间对应的偏移量、截止时间对应的 偏移量、窗长和周期。例如第一时间窗和应第二时间窗。7) Time window, in the embodiment of this application, refers to the preset duration formed by the time-sharing use of the resources provided by the sending node. The preset duration includes the deadline, start time, and offset corresponding to the start time , the offset, window length and period corresponding to the deadline. For example the first time window and the second time window.
8)第一节点,在本申请实施例中是指第一分组中的节点。8) The first node refers to the node in the first group in the embodiment of the present application.
9)第二节点,在本申请实施例中是指第二分组中的节点。9) The second node refers to the node in the second group in the embodiment of the present application.
10)“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如,第一信息和第二信息,只是为了区分不同的信息,而并不是表示这两种信息的内容、优先级、发送顺序或者重要程度等的不同。10) "At least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple . And, unless otherwise stated, the ordinal numerals such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or priority of multiple objects. Importance. For example, the first information and the second information are only for distinguishing different information, and do not indicate the difference in content, priority, sending order, or degree of importance of the two kinds of information.
如上介绍了本申请实施例涉及的一些概念,下面介绍本申请实施例的技术特征。下文中,方法和装置是基于同一技术构思的,由于方法及设备解决问题的原理相似,因此设备与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。Some concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application are introduced above, and the technical features of the embodiments of the present application are introduced below. In the following, the method and the device are based on the same technical concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repetition will not be repeated.
下面介绍本申请实施例适用的系统架构。The system architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
架构一Architecture one
请参见图1,图1示出了本申请实施例适用的一种可能的通信系统的架构示意图,该系统包括发送节点、节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5、和节点6。Please refer to FIG. 1. FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a possible communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application. The system includes a sending node, a node 1, a node 2, a node 3, a node 4, a node 5, and a node 6 .
其中,节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5和节点6为接收节点。因此,发送节点可以发送第一信息,第一信息包含连接配置信息,该连接配置信息可以用于接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接。相应的,节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5和节点6可以接收第一信息,并基于第一信息中的连接配置信息,与发送节点建立通信连接。Among them, node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5 and node 6 are receiving nodes. Therefore, the sending node may send first information, where the first information includes connection configuration information, and the connection configuration information may be used by the receiving node to establish a communication connection with the sending node. Correspondingly, node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 may receive the first information, and establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information in the first information.
可以理解的是,可以与发送节点建立通信的目标接收节点的数量是有限的。因此,发送节点在确定与其成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量达到第一阈值时,执行第一操作。其中,第一操作可以是停止发送第一信息,或者可以是发送更新后的第一信息,该更新后的第一信息不包含连接配置信息,或者可以是发送第二信息,第二信息包含连接配置信息和指示标识,该指示标识可以指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。示例性的,第一阈值以3为例,若节点1、节点2、节点3已成功与发送节点建立连接,则与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量已达到第一阈值,发送节点停止发送第一信息或者发送更新后的第一信息或者发送第二信息。在一种可能的实现方式中,节点4、节点5和节点6由于并未正确接收到第一信息,而未与发送节点成功建立连接,因此通过停止发送第一信息或者发送更新后的第一信息或者发送第二信息,可以阻止或禁止节点4、节点5和节点6在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留或者与发送节点建立通信连接,进而降低发送节点的能量消耗。在另一种可能的实现方式中,若当前节点4、节点5和节点6虽已接收到第一信息,但与发送节点建立连接失败,因此通过发送第二信息,可以禁止或阻止节点4、节点5和节点6在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留和/或与发送节点新建通信连接,有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。It can be understood that the number of target receiving nodes that can establish communication with the sending node is limited. Therefore, when the sending node determines that the number of target receiving nodes with which communication connections have been successfully established reaches the first threshold, the sending node performs the first operation. Wherein, the first operation may be to stop sending the first information, or may be to send updated first information, and the updated first information does not include connection configuration information, or may be to send second information, and the second information includes connection configuration information. The configuration information and the indication mark may indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node. Exemplarily, the first threshold is 3 as an example. If nodes 1, 2, and 3 have successfully established connections with the sending node, the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and the sending node The node stops sending the first information or sending the updated first information or sending the second information. In a possible implementation, node 4, node 5, and node 6 have not successfully established a connection with the sending node because they did not receive the first information correctly, so by stopping sending the first information or sending the updated first Information or sending second information can prevent or prohibit node 4, node 5 and node 6 from residing in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the sending node. In another possible implementation, if the current node 4, node 5, and node 6 have received the first information, but fail to establish a connection with the sending node, by sending the second information, nodes 4, 6, and Nodes 5 and 6 reside in the management range or coverage range of the sending node and/or establish a communication connection with the sending node, effectively reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
可以理解的是,上述图1所示的通信系统中接收节点的是以节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5和节点6为例,并非限定,在其他可能的实施例中,通信系统中接收节点可以更多或更少。It can be understood that the receiving nodes in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 above are taken as examples of nodes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, and are not limited thereto. In other possible embodiments, There can be more or fewer receiving nodes in the communication system.
架构二Architecture two
与架构一不同的是,在架构二中,发送节点可以对接收节点分组管理,并在每个分组对应的时间窗内与该分组内的接收节点通信交互。如此,对发送节点的通信资源合理分配,针对每个分组中的接收节点进行管理,使得发送节点管理的粒度更细,同时可以减少发送节点的能量消耗。Different from the first architecture, in the second architecture, the sending node can manage the receiving nodes in groups, and communicate and interact with the receiving nodes in the group within the time window corresponding to each group. In this way, the communication resources of the sending node are allocated reasonably, and the receiving nodes in each group are managed, so that the granularity of the sending node management is finer, and the energy consumption of the sending node can be reduced at the same time.
请再参见图2,图2示出了本申请实施例适用的另一种通信系统的架构示意图。在图2中,该系统包括发送节点、节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5和节点6。Please refer to FIG. 2 again. FIG. 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of another communication system to which this embodiment of the present application is applicable. In FIG. 2 , the system includes a sending node, node 1 , node 2 , node 3 , node 4 , node 5 and node 6 .
其中,节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5和节点6均为接收节点,可以与发送节点进行通信交互。发送节点可以在每个分组对应的时间窗内与该分组内的接收节点进行通信交互,以及对每个分组中允许与发送节点建立通信连接的节点数量进行限制。在图2中,节点1、节点2、和节点3属于第一分组,第一分组对应第一时间窗;节点4、节点5和节点6属于第二分组,第二分组对应第二时间窗。第一分组对应的第一阈值(即第一分组中允许与发送节点建立通信连接的节点数量)以2为例,第二分组对应的第二阈值(即第二分组中允许与发送节点建立通信连接的节点数量)以1为例。Among them, node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5 and node 6 are all receiving nodes, which can communicate and interact with the sending node. The sending node can communicate and interact with the receiving nodes in the group within the time window corresponding to each group, and limit the number of nodes allowed to establish communication connections with the sending node in each group. In FIG. 2, node 1, node 2, and node 3 belong to the first group, and the first group corresponds to the first time window; node 4, node 5, and node 6 belong to the second group, and the second group corresponds to the second time window. The first threshold corresponding to the first group (that is, the number of nodes that are allowed to establish a communication connection with the sending node in the first group) is 2 as an example, and the second threshold corresponding to the second group (that is, the number of nodes that are allowed to establish communication with the sending node in the second group) The number of connected nodes) take 1 as an example.
发送节点可以在第一时间窗内发送第一信息,该第一信息包含第一连接配置信息,该第一连接配置信息可以用于接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接。相应的,节点1、节点2和节点3可以接收第一信息,并基于第一信息中的第一连接配置信息,与发送节点建立通信连接。若节点1和节点2在第一时间窗内已与发送节点成功建立通信连接,则第一分组中与发送节点成功建立通信连接的节点的数量达到第一阈值,发送节点可以停止发送包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息;或者发送更新后的第一信息;或者发送第二信息(包含第一连接配置信息和第一指示标识),该第一指示标识可以指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。在一种可能的实现方式中,节点3由于并未正确接收到第一信息,而未与发送节点成功建立连接,因此通过停止发送第一信息或者发送更新后的第一信息或者发送第二信息,可以阻止或禁止节点3在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留或者与发送节点建立通信连接,进而降低发送节点的能量消耗。在另一种可能的实现方式中,若节点3虽已接收到第一信息,但与发送节点建立连接失败,因此通过发送第二信息,可以阻止或禁止节点3在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留或者与发送节点新建通信连接,进而降低发送节点的能量消耗。The sending node may send first information within the first time window, where the first information includes first connection configuration information, and the first connection configuration information may be used by the receiving node to establish a communication connection with the sending node. Correspondingly, node 1, node 2, and node 3 may receive the first information, and establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information in the first information. If nodes 1 and 2 have successfully established communication connections with the sending node within the first time window, the number of nodes in the first group that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node reaches the first threshold, and the sending node can stop sending messages containing the first The first information of the connection configuration information; or sending the updated first information; or sending the second information (including the first connection configuration information and the first indicator), the first indicator may indicate that the receiving node and the sending node are prohibited from creating new The communication connects and/or prohibits the receiving node from scanning the sending node. In a possible implementation, node 3 has not successfully established a connection with the sending node because it has not received the first information correctly, so by stopping sending the first information or sending the updated first information or sending the second information , the node 3 can be prevented or prohibited from camping in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the sending node. In another possible implementation, if node 3 has received the first information, but fails to establish a connection with the sending node, by sending the second information, it can prevent or prohibit node 3 from being in the management range or coverage of the sending node. The range resides or establishes a new communication connection with the sending node, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
类似的,发送节点可以在第一时间窗内发送第三信息,该第三信息包含第二连接配置信息,该第二连接配置信息可以用于接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接。相应的,节点4、节点5和节点6可以接收第三信息,并基于第三信息中的第二连接配置信息,与发送节点建立通信连接。若节点4在第二时间窗内已与发送节点成功建立通信连接,则第二分组中与发送节点成功建立通信连接的节点的数量达到第二阈值,发送节点可以停止发送包含第二连接配置信息的第三信息,或者发送更新后的第三信息(不包含第二连接配置信息),或者发送第四信息(包含第二连接配置信息和第二指示标识)。该第二指示标识可以指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。在一种可能的实 现方式中,节点5和节点6由于并未正确接收到第三信息,而未与发送节点成功建立连接,因此通过停止发送第三信息或者发送更新后的第三信息或者发送第四信息,可以阻止或禁止节点5和节点6在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留或者与发送节点建立通信连接,进而降低发送节点的能量消耗。在另一种可能的实现方式中,若节点5和节点6已接收到第一信息,但与发送节点建立连接失败,因此通过发送第四信息,可以阻止或禁止节点5和节点6在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留或者与发送节点新建通信连接,进而降低发送节点的能量消耗。Similarly, the sending node may send third information within the first time window, where the third information includes second connection configuration information, and the second connection configuration information may be used by the receiving node to establish a communication connection with the sending node. Correspondingly, node 4, node 5, and node 6 may receive the third information, and establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information in the third information. If node 4 has successfully established a communication connection with the sending node within the second time window, the number of nodes in the second group that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node reaches the second threshold, and the sending node can stop sending information containing the second connection configuration information. or send updated third information (excluding the second connection configuration information), or send fourth information (including the second connection configuration information and the second indication). The second indication may indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node. In a possible implementation manner, because nodes 5 and 6 did not receive the third information correctly, they did not successfully establish a connection with the sending node, so by stopping sending the third information or sending updated third information or sending The fourth information can prevent or prohibit nodes 5 and 6 from camping in the management area or coverage area of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the sending node. In another possible implementation, if node 5 and node 6 have received the first message, but fail to establish a connection with the sending node, by sending the fourth message, nodes 5 and 6 can be prevented or prohibited from being connected to the sending node. The management area or coverage area resides or establishes a communication connection with the sending node, thereby reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
可以理解的是,上述图2所示通信系统中接收节点的分组是以第一分组和第二分组为例,并非限定,在其他可能的实施例中,系统中接收节点的分组可以更多或更少。本申请实施例中涉及的各个节点,例如接收节点以及发送节点,也可以理解为具有相应功能的一个模块或者装置,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。其中,上述图1和图2中的节点(例如,接收节点、节点1、或节点2等)可以任一种通信节点。一种设计中,该通信节点可以为短距通信节点,例如蓝牙终端节点、星闪短距通信终端节点或无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)终端节点中的任一种,本申请实施例不作具体的限制。It can be understood that the grouping of the receiving nodes in the communication system shown in FIG. 2 above is an example of the first grouping and the second grouping, which is not limited. In other possible embodiments, the groupings of the receiving nodes in the system can be more or less. Each node involved in the embodiment of the present application, such as the receiving node and the sending node, may also be understood as a module or device having corresponding functions, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. Wherein, the nodes (for example, the receiving node, node 1, or node 2, etc.) in the above-mentioned FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 may be any communication node. In one design, the communication node may be a short-distance communication node, such as any one of a Bluetooth terminal node, a Starlight short-distance communication terminal node, or a wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi) terminal node. Specific restrictions.
可以理解的是,图1和图2所示的架构可以应用到多种通信场景中,例如,第五代(the5th generation,5G)通信系统、未来的第六代通信系统和演进的其他通信系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)通信系统、车到万物(vehicle to everything,V2X)、长期演进-车联网(LTE-vehicle,LTE-V)、车到车(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)、车联网、机器类通信(machine type communications,MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IoT)、长期演进-机器到机器(LTE-machine to machine,LTE-M)、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)、无线BMS等通信场景中,本申请对此不作限定。It can be understood that the architecture shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, the fifth generation (the5th generation, 5G) communication system, the future sixth generation communication system, and other evolved communication systems , long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) communication system, vehicle to everything (vehicle to everything, V2X), long term evolution - Internet of Vehicles (LTE-vehicle, LTE-V), vehicle to vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V), Internet of Vehicles, Machine Type Communications (MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), Long-Term Evolution-Machine to Machine (LTE-Machine to Machine, LTE-M), Machine to Machine (Machine to Machine, In communication scenarios such as M2M), wireless BMS, etc., this application does not limit this.
下面以上述通信系统应用于BMS为例,进一步介绍本申请实施例的使用场景。Taking the above-mentioned communication system applied to a BMS as an example, the usage scenarios of the embodiments of the present application are further introduced below.
场景一,发送节点对BMS中的所有接收节点进行统一管理。Scenario 1: The sending node performs unified management of all receiving nodes in the BMS.
请参见图3,图3示出了本申请实施例适用的一种可能的电池管理系统的架构示意图,该系统包括第一控制装置110、第二控制装置120、接收节点130、发送节点140、无线通信装置150、采集芯片160、第一电源170和第二电源180。Please refer to FIG. 3. FIG. 3 shows a schematic structural diagram of a possible battery management system applicable to the embodiment of the present application. The system includes a first control device 110, a second control device 120, a receiving node 130, a sending node 140, A wireless communication device 150 , an acquisition chip 160 , a first power source 170 and a second power source 180 .
其中,接收节点130和采集芯片160可以部署于第一控制装置110中,第一控制装置110与第一电源170连接。相应的,第一电源170可以为第一控制装置110和/或接收节点130进行供电,采集芯片160可以用于采集第一电源170的电池信息,以及将采集到电池信息中的部分或全部上报给接收节点130。可选的,本申请实施例中第一控制装置110,可以是PCB板,还可以是电池管理单元等,在此不进行限定。可选的,本申请实施例中的采集芯片160可以为传感器。Wherein, the receiving node 130 and the acquisition chip 160 may be deployed in the first control device 110 , and the first control device 110 is connected to the first power source 170 . Correspondingly, the first power supply 170 can supply power to the first control device 110 and/or the receiving node 130, and the collection chip 160 can be used to collect battery information of the first power supply 170, and report part or all of the collected battery information to the receiving node 130. Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the first control device 110 may be a PCB board, or a battery management unit, etc., which is not limited here. Optionally, the acquisition chip 160 in the embodiment of the present application may be a sensor.
无线通信装置150,可以用于实现接收节点130与发送节点140之间的无线通信传输。进一步的,本申请实施例中无线通信装置150可以独立于接收节点130,也可以位于接收节点130的内部。示例1,如图3中的(a)所示,无线控制装置150可以位于接收节点130的内部。其中,当无线通信装置150位于接收节点130内部时,可以理解为接收节点130包括一套通信装置,即无线通信装置150,或,还可以理解接收节点130为无线通信装置150本身,或,还可以理解为接收节点130包括至少两套通信装置,其中一套为无线通信装置150。例如,当无线通信装置150位于接收节点130内部时,接收节点130可以通过 内部的无线通信装置150向发送节点140发送异常信息。示例2,如图3中的(b)所示,无线通信装置150可以独立于接收节点130。其中,当无线通信装置150独立于接收节点130时,可以理解为接收节点130自身具有通信装置,可以通过自身的通信装置与无线通信装置150进行通信。例如,接收节点130可以通过与无线通信装置150之间相连的有线线路进行通信传输,通过无线通信传输装置150向发送节点140发送异常信息。The wireless communication device 150 may be used to implement wireless communication transmission between the receiving node 130 and the sending node 140 . Further, in the embodiment of the present application, the wireless communication device 150 may be independent from the receiving node 130, or may be located inside the receiving node 130. Example 1, as shown in (a) in FIG. 3 , the wireless control device 150 may be located inside the receiving node 130 . Wherein, when the wireless communication device 150 is located inside the receiving node 130, it can be understood that the receiving node 130 includes a set of communication devices, that is, the wireless communication device 150, or, it can also be understood that the receiving node 130 is the wireless communication device 150 itself, or, It can be understood that the receiving node 130 includes at least two communication devices, one of which is the wireless communication device 150 . For example, when the wireless communication device 150 is inside the receiving node 130, the receiving node 130 can send abnormal information to the sending node 140 through the internal wireless communication device 150. Example 2, as shown in (b) in FIG. 3 , the wireless communication device 150 may be independent from the receiving node 130 . Wherein, when the wireless communication device 150 is independent of the receiving node 130, it can be understood that the receiving node 130 itself has a communication device, and can communicate with the wireless communication device 150 through its own communication device. For example, the receiving node 130 may perform communication transmission through a wired line connected to the wireless communication device 150 , and send abnormal information to the sending node 140 through the wireless communication transmission device 150 .
其中,发送节点140可以部署于第二控制装置120,第二电源180可以为第二控制装置120和/或发送节点140供电。可选的,本申请实施例中第二控制装置120,可以为电池控制单元等。可选的,本申请实施例中的发送节点140可以与第二控制装置120共用第二电源180(第二电源180例如可以是为车内外接电源或电池包等);或者,发送节点140还可以通过独立电源供电,例如,本申请实施例中还可以包括第三电源,第三电源用于为发送节点进行独立供电。Wherein, the sending node 140 may be deployed in the second control device 120 , and the second power supply 180 may supply power to the second control device 120 and/or the sending node 140 . Optionally, the second control device 120 in this embodiment of the present application may be a battery control unit or the like. Optionally, the sending node 140 in the embodiment of the present application can share the second power supply 180 with the second control device 120 (the second power supply 180 can be, for example, an external power supply or a battery pack in the vehicle); or, the sending node 140 can also The power supply may be provided by an independent power supply. For example, the embodiment of the present application may further include a third power supply, and the third power supply is used to provide independent power supply for the sending node.
需要说明的是,BMS系统中可以包括多个第一控制装置110,即第二控制装置120可以对应多个第一控制装置110。相应的,发送节点140可以对应多个接收节点130。示例性的,请参见图4,图4出了本申请实施例适用的另一种可能的电池管理系统的架构示意图,该系统包括3个第一控制装置110和1个第二控制装置120。因此,发送节点140可以对应3个接收节点130,即发送节点140可以与3个接收节点130通信交互,并对向这3个接收节点130中允许与发送节点140建立通信连接的节点的数量进行限制,以及在与发送节点140成功建立通信连接的接收节点130的数量达到第一阈值时,执行第一操作,以降低发送节点140的能量消耗。It should be noted that the BMS system may include multiple first control devices 110 , that is, the second control device 120 may correspond to multiple first control devices 110 . Correspondingly, the sending node 140 may correspond to multiple receiving nodes 130 . For example, please refer to FIG. 4 . FIG. 4 shows a schematic structural diagram of another possible battery management system applicable to the embodiment of the present application. The system includes three first control devices 110 and one second control device 120 . Therefore, the sending node 140 can correspond to three receiving nodes 130, that is, the sending node 140 can communicate and interact with the three receiving nodes 130, and check the number of nodes that are allowed to establish a communication connection with the sending node 140 among the three receiving nodes 130 limit, and when the number of receiving nodes 130 successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node 140 reaches a first threshold, perform a first operation, so as to reduce the energy consumption of the sending node 140 .
场景二,发送节点对BMS中的接收节点进行分组管理。In the second scenario, the sending node performs group management on the receiving nodes in the BMS.
请参见图5,图5出了本申请实施例适用的另一种可能的电池管理系统的架构示意图,该系统包括3个第一控制装置110和第二控制装置120。因此,发送节点140可以对应3个接收节点130,即发送节点140可以与3个接收节点130通信交互。与场景一不同的是,场景二中,第二控制装置120对这3个第一控制装置110进行了分组管理,其中,第一分组包括两个第一控制装置110,第二分组包括一个第一控制装置110。Please refer to FIG. 5 . FIG. 5 shows a schematic structural diagram of another possible battery management system applicable to the embodiment of the present application. The system includes three first control devices 110 and second control devices 120 . Therefore, the sending node 140 may correspond to three receiving nodes 130 , that is, the sending node 140 may communicate and interact with three receiving nodes 130 . Different from Scenario 1, in Scenario 2, the second control device 120 manages the three first control devices 110 in groups, wherein the first group includes two first control devices 110, and the second group includes one first control device 110. A control device 110 .
相应的,发送节点140可以在第一分组对应第一时间窗与第一分组的接收节点130进行通信交互,并对第一分组中允许与发送节点140建立通信连接的节点的数量进行限制,以及在对第一分组中与发送节点140成功建立通信连接的接收节点130的数量达到第一阈值时,执行第一操作,以降低发送节点140的能量消耗。相应的,发送节点140可以在第二分组对应第二时间窗与第二分组的接收节点130进行通信交互,并对第二分组中允许与发送节点140建立通信连接的节点的数量进行限制,以及在对第二分组中与发送节点140成功建立通信连接的接收节点130的数量达到第二阈值时,执行第二操作,以降低发送节点140的能量消耗。对于,第一操作和第二操作的具体实现请参见架构二中的相关描述,在这里不再赘述。Correspondingly, the sending node 140 may perform communication interaction with the receiving node 130 of the first group corresponding to the first time window of the first group, and limit the number of nodes allowed to establish a communication connection with the sending node 140 in the first group, and When the number of receiving nodes 130 successfully establishing communication connections with the sending node 140 in the first group reaches a first threshold, a first operation is performed to reduce energy consumption of the sending node 140 . Correspondingly, the sending node 140 may communicate with the receiving node 130 of the second group in the second time window corresponding to the second group, and limit the number of nodes allowed to establish a communication connection with the sending node 140 in the second group, and When the number of receiving nodes 130 successfully establishing communication connections with the sending node 140 in the second group reaches a second threshold, a second operation is performed to reduce energy consumption of the sending node 140 . For the specific implementation of the first operation and the second operation, please refer to the relevant description in the second architecture, and details will not be repeated here.
可以理解的是,场景一和场景二所示实施例中的第一电源170可以包括电池模组,电芯等。进一步的,本申请实施例的电池系统中,针对电池系统管理的方式不同,第一控制装置110通过第一电源170进行供电的方式多种,具体并不限于以下一种:供电方式1:第一电源170包括一个电池模组(如图6所示),第一控制装置110通过这个电池模组进行供电。供电方式2:第一电源170可以包括多个电池模组(如图7所示),第一控制装置110 通过多个电池模组进行供电。供电方式3:第一电源170可以包括一个电芯(如图8所示),第一控制装置110通过这个电芯进行供电。相应的,第一控制装置110与第二控制装置120进行通信交互的电芯信息为一个电芯的信息。It can be understood that the first power source 170 in the embodiments shown in the first scenario and the second scenario may include a battery module, a battery cell, and the like. Furthermore, in the battery system of the embodiment of the present application, for different management methods of the battery system, the first control device 110 provides power supply through the first power supply 170 in various ways, which are not limited to the following ones: power supply mode 1: the first A power supply 170 includes a battery module (as shown in FIG. 6 ), and the first control device 110 is powered by this battery module. Power supply mode 2: the first power supply 170 may include multiple battery modules (as shown in FIG. 7 ), and the first control device 110 supplies power through the multiple battery modules. Power supply mode 3: the first power supply 170 may include an electric core (as shown in FIG. 8 ), and the first control device 110 supplies power through this electric core. Correspondingly, the cell information for communication and interaction between the first control device 110 and the second control device 120 is the information of one cell.
需要说明的是,上述图3-图5所示的系统架构并不构成本申请实施例能够适用的电池管理系统的限定,以及上述图6-图8的供电图示并不构成本申请实施例进行供电的结构或者供电方式的限定。当然图5中的接收节点的分组仅仅是举例,并非限定。It should be noted that the system architecture shown in the above-mentioned Figures 3-5 does not constitute a limitation of the battery management system applicable to the embodiment of the application, and the power supply diagrams in the above-mentioned Figures 6-8 do not constitute the embodiment of the application Limit the structure of the power supply or the power supply method. Of course, the grouping of the receiving node in FIG. 5 is only an example, not a limitation.
下面结合具体的附图介绍本申请实施例的技术特征。The technical features of the embodiments of the present application are described below in conjunction with specific drawings.
实施例一Embodiment one
请参见图9,图9示出了本申请实施例提供的第一种通信方法的流程示意图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图1或图4所示的系统架构为例。该方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 9 , which shows a schematic flowchart of the first communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. In the following introduction process, it is taken as an example that this method is applied to the system architecture shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 4 . The method includes:
S901、发送节点发送第一信息。相应的,接收节点接收第一信息。S901. The sending node sends first information. Correspondingly, the receiving node receives the first information.
其中,第一信息包含连接配置信息,该连接配置信息用于接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接。相应的,接收节点接收到第一信息,可以基于该第一信息中的连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Wherein, the first information includes connection configuration information, and the connection configuration information is used for establishing a communication connection between the receiving node and the sending node. Correspondingly, after receiving the first information, the receiving node may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information in the first information.
在本申请实施例中,上述连接配置信息包括发送节点的通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。可以理解的是,在本申请实施例中,“通信域”是指发送节点为中心的一个管理区域或覆盖区域,在这个管理区域或覆盖区域内,接收节点可以与发送节点建立通信连接,并进行信息交互。相应的,“通信域域名”是指这个管理区域或覆盖区域的提供通信服务的节点的名称,例如可以是发送节点的节点名称、AP的名称、基站的名称或服务器的名称中的至少一项;“通信域标识”是指这个管理区域或覆盖区域的提供通信服务的节点的标识,例如可以是发送节点的节点标识、AP的标识、基站的标识或服务器的标识中的至少一项;“层2链路标识”是指以太网在二层链路上唯一标识发送节点形成的标识,例如可以是16比特或48比特形成的标识;“物理层标识”是指发送节点的物理层对应的标识。In this embodiment of the present application, the connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node. It can be understood that, in this embodiment of the application, "communication domain" refers to a management area or coverage area centered on the sending node. In this management area or coverage area, the receiving node can establish a communication connection with the sending node, and carry out information exchange. Correspondingly, "communication domain domain name" refers to the name of the node that provides communication services in the management area or coverage area, for example, it can be at least one of the node name of the sending node, the name of the AP, the name of the base station, or the name of the server ;"Communication Domain Identity" refers to the identity of the node that provides communication services in this management area or coverage area, for example, it can be at least one of the node identity of the sending node, the identity of the AP, the identity of the base station, or the identity of the server;" Layer 2 link identifier" refers to the identifier formed by Ethernet to uniquely identify the sending node on the layer 2 link, for example, it can be an identifier formed by 16 bits or 48 bits; "physical layer identifier" refers to the physical layer corresponding to the sending node logo.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息是广播消息,发送节点可以以广播的形式发送第一信息。在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息还可以是组播消息,发送节点可以以组播的形式发送第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is a broadcast message, and the sending node may send the first information in a broadcast form. In another possible implementation manner, the first information may also be a multicast message, and the sending node may send the first information in a multicast form.
S902、发送节点确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量达到第一阈值,执行第一操作。S902. The sending node determines that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node currently reaches a first threshold, and performs a first operation.
在本申请实施例中,第一操作有多种实现方式,包括但不限于以下方式中的任一种:In this embodiment of the application, there are multiple ways to implement the first operation, including but not limited to any of the following ways:
方式1,停止发送包含连接配置信息的第一信息。 Mode 1, stop sending the first information including the connection configuration information.
示例性的,请继续参见图1,接收节点以节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5、和节点6为例,第一阈值以3为例。若发送节点检测到节点2、节点3以及节点4已成功与其建立通信连接,则确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量已达到第一阈值,发送节点停止发送包含连接配置信息的第一信息。如此,停止发送第一信息,可以有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。在可能的实现方式中,其他未与发送节点成功建立通信连接的节点,例如节点1、节点5和节点6,可能并未正确接收到第一信息,因此可以实现通过停止发送第一信息而阻止或禁止上述节点在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留或者与发送节点建立通信连接,进一步降低发送节点的能量消耗。Exemplarily, please continue to refer to FIG. 1 , the receiving nodes are Node 1 , Node 2 , Node 3 , Node 4 , Node 5 , and Node 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 3 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 2, node 3, and node 4 have successfully established communication connections with them, it determines that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and the sending node stops sending the first message. In this way, stopping sending the first information can effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node. In a possible implementation, other nodes that have not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, such as node 1, node 5, and node 6, may not have received the first information correctly, so it can be realized by stopping sending the first information to prevent Or the above-mentioned nodes are prohibited from staying in the management area or coverage area of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, so as to further reduce the energy consumption of the sending node.
方式2,发送更新后的第一信息,更新后的第一信息不包含连接配置信息。Mode 2: Send updated first information, where the updated first information does not include connection configuration information.
可以理解的是,一种设计中,更新后的第一信息主要体现为:相对于上述包含连接配置信息的第一信息去除了连接配置信息。进一步,更新后的第一信息与上述包含连接配置信息的第一信息还可能存在其他与时间或者流程相关的差异,本申请不做具体限定。It can be understood that, in one design, the updated first information is mainly reflected in that the connection configuration information is removed relative to the above-mentioned first information including the connection configuration information. Further, there may be other time- or flow-related differences between the updated first information and the above-mentioned first information including connection configuration information, which are not specifically limited in this application.
示例性的,请继续参见图1,接收节点以节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5和节点6为例,第一阈值以3为例。若发送节点检测到节点4、节点5、以及节点6已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,则确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量已达到第一阈值,发送节点发送更新后的第一信息,更新后的第一信息不包含连接配置信息。如此,发送更新后的第一信息(即不包含连接配置信息的第一信息),减少了发送节点的待发送信息的信息量,可以有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。在可能的实现方式中,其他未与发送节点成功建立通信连接的节点,例如节点1、节点2和节点3,可能并未正确接收到第一信息,因此可以实现通过发送更新后的第一信息而阻止或禁止上述节点在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留或者与发送节点建立通信连接,从而有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。Exemplarily, please continue to refer to FIG. 1 , the receiving nodes take node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5 and node 6 as examples, and the first threshold takes 3 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 4, node 5, and node 6 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, it is determined that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and the sending node sends an updated The updated first information does not include connection configuration information. In this way, sending the updated first information (that is, the first information not including the connection configuration information) reduces the amount of information to be sent by the sending node, and can effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node. In a possible implementation, other nodes that have not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, such as node 1, node 2, and node 3, may not have received the first information correctly, so it can be implemented by sending the updated first information However, the aforementioned nodes are prevented or prohibited from staying in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, thereby effectively reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
需要说明的是,所述更新后的第一信息可能被已经成功与发送节点建立通信连接的节点4、节点5和/或节点6接收,此时节点4-节点6继续保持原有的通信连接,不受所述更新后的第一信息的影响。It should be noted that the updated first information may be received by Node 4, Node 5 and/or Node 6 that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, and at this time Node 4-Node 6 continue to maintain the original communication connection , not affected by the updated first information.
方式3,发送第二信息,第二信息包含连接配置信息和指示标识,指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。Mode 3: Sending second information, the second information includes connection configuration information and an indicator, and the indicator is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
可以理解的是,在本申请实施例中,“禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接”可以理解为禁止接收节点向发送节点发送连接建立请求,或者,可以理解为发送节点不能为接收节点提供更多无线接入点(access point,AP)信息或基站信息,以实现负载均衡或接入控制的状态。以及,在本申请实施例中,“禁止接收节点扫描发送节点”可以理解为发送节点的所有信息或可提供的服务已发送完成,禁止接收节点向发送节点发送扫描请求,所述扫描请求可以用于请求其他信息或服务;或者,可以理解为发送节点不能为接收节点提供更多无线AP信息或基站信息,以实现负载均衡或接入控制的状态。这里的接收节点是指接收到所述第二信息的节点。It can be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, "prohibiting the receiving node from establishing a new communication connection with the sending node" can be understood as prohibiting the receiving node from sending a connection establishment request to the sending node, or it can be understood that the sending node cannot provide more information for the receiving node. Multiple wireless access point (access point, AP) information or base station information to achieve load balancing or access control status. And, in this embodiment of the application, "prohibit the receiving node from scanning the sending node" can be understood as all the information or available services of the sending node have been sent, and the receiving node is prohibited from sending a scanning request to the sending node, and the scanning request can be used Or, it can be understood that the sending node cannot provide more wireless AP information or base station information to the receiving node to achieve load balancing or access control status. The receiving node here refers to a node that receives the second information.
需要说明的是,上述第一信息和第二信息均承载了接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接所需的信息(例如连接配置信息),但第一信息与第二信息包含的某些信息单元(例如指示标识)不同,或者,第二信息比第一信息承载更多的信息等,本申请并不限制具体的差异。例如,第一信息和第二信息均为广播消息时,第一信息和第二消息中均包括指示标识,但第一信息中的指示标识用于指示允许接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或允许接收节点扫描发送节点,第二信息中的指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first information and second information both carry information (such as connection configuration information) required for establishing a communication connection between the receiving node and the sending node, but some information elements contained in the first information and the second information ( For example, the indication marks) are different, or the second information carries more information than the first information, and the present application does not limit specific differences. For example, when both the first information and the second information are broadcast messages, both the first information and the second message include an indicator, but the indicator in the first information is used to indicate that the receiving node is allowed to establish a new communication connection with the sending node and/or Or the receiving node is allowed to scan the sending node, and the indication in the second information is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
相应的,在本申请实施例中,“允许接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接”可以理解为允许接收节点向发送节点发送连接建立请求,或者,可以理解为发送节点处于还可以为接收节点提供更多AP信息或基站信息的状态。以及,“允许接收节点扫描发送节点”可以理解为发送节点的信息或可提供的服务未发送完成,允许接收节点向发送节点发送扫描请求,所述扫描请求可以用于请求其他信息或服务;或者,可以理解为发送节点处于还可以为接收节点提供更多无线AP信息或基站信息的状态。这里的接收节点可以是指接收到所述第 一信息的节点。Correspondingly, in this embodiment of the application, "allowing the receiving node to create a new communication connection with the sending node" can be understood as allowing the receiving node to send a connection establishment request to the sending node, or it can be understood that the sending node can also provide more information for the receiving node. Status of multi-AP information or base station information. And, "allowing the receiving node to scan the sending node" can be understood as the sending node's information or available services have not been sent, allowing the receiving node to send a scanning request to the sending node, and the scanning request can be used to request other information or services; or , it can be understood that the sending node is in a state where it can provide more wireless AP information or base station information for the receiving node. The receiving node here may refer to a node that receives the first information.
示例性的,请继续参见图1,接收节点以节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5和节点6为例,第一阈值以3为例,若发送节点检测到节点4、节点5、以及节点6已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,则确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量已达到第一阈值,则发送第二信息,第二信息包含连接配置信息和指示标识,指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。在可能的实现方式中,其他未与发送节点成功建立通信连接的节点,例如节点1、节点2和节点3,可能并未正确接收到第一信息或者接收到第一信息,但与发送节点建立通信连接失败,因此可以实现通过发送包含连接配置信息和指示标识的第二信息而阻止或禁止上述节点在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留或者与发送节点建立通信连接,从而有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。Exemplary, please continue to refer to Figure 1, the receiving node is taken as an example of node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5 and node 6, and the first threshold is 3 as an example, if the sending node detects that node 4, node 5. And node 6 has successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, then it is determined that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and then sending second information, the second information includes connection configuration information and The indication identifier is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node. In a possible implementation, other nodes that have not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, such as node 1, node 2, and node 3, may not receive the first information correctly or receive the first information, but establish a communication connection with the sending node. The communication connection fails, so it is possible to prevent or prohibit the above-mentioned nodes from residing in the management range or coverage area of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node by sending the second information including the connection configuration information and the indication identifier, thereby effectively reducing the number of sending nodes. energy consumption.
实施例一中,发送节点确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量达到第一阈值,执行第一操作(即方式1-方式3中任一种),可以有效降低发送节点能量消耗。In Embodiment 1, the sending node determines that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node reaches the first threshold, and performs the first operation (that is, any one of modes 1-3), which can effectively reduce the energy of the sending node consume.
在进一步可能的设计中,请参见图10,上述第一种通信方法还包括:In a further possible design, please refer to FIG. 10, the above-mentioned first communication method also includes:
S903、发送节点确定满足第一条件,继续发送第一信息。相应的,接收节点接收第一信息。S903. The sending node determines that the first condition is met, and continues to send the first information. Correspondingly, the receiving node receives the first information.
可以理解的是,S903中的第一信息包含连接配置信息,从而接收节点接收到第一信息可以与发送节点建立通信连接。It can be understood that the first information in S903 includes connection configuration information, so that the receiving node can establish a communication connection with the sending node after receiving the first information.
在该设计中,需要根据第一条件确定是否发送第一信息的情况下,在步骤901的执行前,也可以先进行第一条件的判断,若第一条件满足,则执行所述步骤901。In this design, if it is necessary to determine whether to send the first information according to the first condition, before step 901 is executed, the first condition may also be judged first, and if the first condition is met, then step 901 is executed.
在本申请实施例中,第一条件存在多种情况,包括但不限于以下至少一项:In the embodiment of this application, the first condition has many situations, including but not limited to at least one of the following:
1、确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量小于第一阈值。1. It is determined that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than a first threshold.
2、发送节点与目标接收节点中的任意节点之间的通信链路异常。2. The communication link between the sending node and any node in the target receiving node is abnormal.
其中,发送节点与目标接收节点中的任意节点之间的通信链路异常,可以理解为是目标接收节点中的任意节点之间的通信链路断开。可选的,通信链路异常可以是目标接收节点中的任意节点异常导致的,例如,目标接收节点中的任意节点断电,会导致该任意节点与发送节点之间的通信链路断开。Where the communication link between the sending node and any node in the target receiving node is abnormal, it may be understood that the communication link between any node in the target receiving node is disconnected. Optionally, the abnormality of the communication link may be caused by the abnormality of any node in the target receiving node, for example, if any node in the target receiving node is powered off, the communication link between the arbitrary node and the sending node will be disconnected.
3、目标接收节点中的任意节点处于非连接状态。3. Any node in the target receiving node is in a disconnected state.
在本申请实施例中,“目标接收节点中的任意节点处于非连接状态”是指目标接收节点中的任意节点与发送节点之间没有建立空口连接(例如无线电资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接、或任意资源控制(everything resource control,XRC)连接),即目标接收节点中的任意节点处于空闲态或非激活态。In this embodiment of the present application, "any node in the target receiving node is in a non-connected state" means that no air interface connection (such as radio resource control (RRC)) has been established between any node in the target receiving node and the sending node. connection, or any resource control (everything resource control, XRC) connection), that is, any node in the target receiving node is in an idle state or an inactive state.
4、目标接收节点中的任意节点关联的电芯异常。4. The cell associated with any node in the target receiving node is abnormal.
可以理解的是,在本申请实施例提供的通信方法应用于BMS中,第一条件可以是目标接收节点中的任意节点关联的电芯异常。在本申请实施例中,“目标接收节点中的任意节点关联的电芯异常”包括但不限于目标接收节点中的任意节点关联的电芯的温度超出第一预设值、电压超出第二预设值、电流超出第三预设值、或电芯出现形变中的至少一种。It can be understood that, when the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to the BMS, the first condition may be that the battery cell associated with any node in the target receiving node is abnormal. In this embodiment of the present application, "the cell associated with any node in the target receiving node is abnormal" includes, but not limited to, the temperature of the cell associated with any node in the target receiving node exceeds the first preset value, and the voltage exceeds the second preset value. At least one of the set value, the current exceeding the third preset value, or the cell being deformed.
5、发送节点的通信资源更新。5. The communication resource update of the sending node.
在本申请实施例中,发送节点的通信资源可以包括但不限于接入资源和公共信道参数 配置。其中,接入资源包括发送节点为接收节点配置的用于建立通信连接的时间资源和频率资源,公共信道参数配置包括发送节点与接收节点进行通信所需的公共信道资源,公共信道资源包括时域、频域、空域、或跳频方式中的任一配置。In this embodiment of the present application, the communication resources of the sending node may include but not limited to access resources and common channel parameter configurations. Among them, the access resource includes the time resource and frequency resource configured by the sending node for the receiving node to establish a communication connection, the common channel parameter configuration includes the common channel resource required for the sending node to communicate with the receiving node, and the common channel resource includes time domain , frequency domain, air domain, or any configuration in frequency hopping.
6、第一阈值更新。6. The first threshold is updated.
在本申请实施例中,“第一阈值”用于表征发送节点的管理能力,即可以与发送节点建立通信连接的接收节点的数量。第一阈值更新,即发送节点的管理能力变化。例如,第一阈值增大,则可以与发送节点建立通信连接的接收节点的数量增大。In this embodiment of the present application, the "first threshold" is used to characterize the management capability of the sending node, that is, the number of receiving nodes that can establish a communication connection with the sending node. The first threshold is updated, that is, the management capability of the sending node changes. For example, as the first threshold increases, the number of receiving nodes that can establish communication connections with the sending node increases.
示例1,请继续参见图1,接收节点以节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5、和节点6为例,第一阈值以4为例,若发送节点检测到节点5和节点6已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,则确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量小于第一阈值,发送节点发送包含连接配置信息的第一信息。相应的,节点1、节点2、节点3、或节点4中的任一节点接收到第一信息,可以基于该连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Example 1, please continue to refer to Figure 1, the receiving node takes node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 4 as an example, if the sending node detects node 5 and node 6. If the communication connection has been successfully established with the sending node, it is determined that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold, and the sending node sends first information including connection configuration information. Correspondingly, any node among node 1, node 2, node 3, or node 4 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information.
示例2,请继续参见图1,接收节点以节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5、和节点6为例,第一阈值以4为例。若发送节点检测到节点3、节点4、节点5、和节点6已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但当前节点4与发送节点之间的通信链路异常,导致当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量小于第一阈值,则发送节点发送包含连接配置信息的第一信息。相应的,节点1、节点2、或节点3中的任一节点接收到第一信息,可以基于连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Example 2, please continue to refer to FIG. 1 , take node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 as examples for receiving nodes, and take 4 as an example for the first threshold. If the sending node detects that node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the current communication link between node 4 and the sending node is abnormal, resulting in the successful establishment of a communication connection with the sending node The number of target receiving nodes is less than the first threshold, then the sending node sends first information including connection configuration information. Correspondingly, any one of node 1, node 2, or node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information.
示例3,请继续参见图1,接收节点以节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5、和节点6为例,第一阈值以4为例。若发送节点检测到节点4、节点5、和节点6已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但当前节点6处于非连接态,导致当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量小于第一阈值,则发送节点发送包含连接配置信息的第一信息。相应的,节点1、节点2、或节点3中的任一节点接收到第一信息,可以基于连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Example 3, please continue to refer to FIG. 1 , take node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 as examples for receiving nodes, and take 4 as an example for the first threshold. If the sending node detects that node 4, node 5, and node 6 have successfully established communication connections with the sending node, but the current node 6 is in a non-connected state, resulting in the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node being less than the first threshold, the sending node sends first information including connection configuration information. Correspondingly, any one of node 1, node 2, or node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information.
示例4,请继续参见图1,接收节点以节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5、和节点6为例,第一阈值以4为例。若节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5、和节点6中的任一节点均关联电芯,该任一节点可以用于向发送节点上报该任一节点关联的电芯的信息(例如,温度信息、电压信息、电流信息、形变信息或湿度信息中的至少一个)。若发送节点检测到节点4、节点5、和节点6已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但当前节点6关联的电芯出现异常(例如,温度超出第一预设值、电压超出第二预设值、电流超出第三预设值、出现形变或湿度超出第四预设值中的至少一个),则发送节点发送包含连接配置信息的第一信息。相应的,节点1、节点2、或节点3中的任一节点接收到第一信息,可以基于连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Example 4, please continue to refer to FIG. 1 , take node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 as examples for receiving nodes, and take 4 as an example for the first threshold. If any node among node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 is associated with a battery, any node can be used to report the information of the battery associated with any node to the sending node (For example, at least one of temperature information, voltage information, current information, deformation information or humidity information). If the sending node detects that node 4, node 5, and node 6 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the battery cell associated with node 6 is abnormal (for example, the temperature exceeds the first preset value, and the voltage exceeds the second preset value). value, current exceeds a third preset value, deformation occurs, or humidity exceeds a fourth preset value), then the sending node sends the first information including connection configuration information. Correspondingly, any one of node 1, node 2, or node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information.
示例5,请继续参见图1,接收节点以节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5、和节点6为例,第一阈值以3为例。其中,第一阈值是根据发送节点的通信资源确定的。若发送节点检测到节点4、节点5、和节点6已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但发送节点的通信资源变化(例如,接入资源增加或者公共信道参数配置变化),导致第一阈值变为6,则当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量小于第一阈值,发送节点发送包含连接配置信息的第一信息。相应的,节点1、节点2、或节点3中的任一节点接收到第一信息,可以基于连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Example 5, please continue to refer to FIG. 1 , take node 1, node 2, node 3, node 4, node 5, and node 6 as examples for receiving nodes, and take 3 as an example for the first threshold. Wherein, the first threshold is determined according to communication resources of the sending node. If the sending node detects that node 4, node 5, and node 6 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the communication resource of the sending node changes (for example, the access resource increases or the common channel parameter configuration changes), causing the first threshold to change If it is 6, then the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold, and the sending node sends first information including connection configuration information. Correspondingly, any one of node 1, node 2, or node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information.
示例6,请继续参见图1,接收节点以节点1、节点2、节点3、节点4、节点5、和节点6为例,第一阈值以3为例。若发送节点检测到节点4、节点5、和节点6已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但第一阈值变为5,则当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量小于第一阈值,发送节点发送包含连接配置信息的第一信息。相应的,节点2、节点3、或节点4中的任一节点接收到第一信息,可以基于连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Example 6, please continue to refer to FIG. 1 , the receiving nodes are Node 1 , Node 2 , Node 3 , Node 4 , Node 5 , and Node 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 3 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 4, node 5, and node 6 have successfully established communication connections with the sending node, but the first threshold becomes 5, then the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold , the sending node sends first information including connection configuration information. Correspondingly, any one of node 2, node 3, or node 4 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the connection configuration information.
在一些可能的实施方式中,发送节点在第一预设时长内,确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量未达到第一阈值,执行第二操作。其中,第二操作有多种实现方式,包括但不限于以下方式中的至少一项:In some possible implementation manners, the sending node determines that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node does not reach the first threshold within the first preset time period, and performs the second operation. Among them, the second operation has multiple ways to realize it, including but not limited to at least one of the following ways:
方式1,上报第一接收节点的异常信息。 Mode 1, reporting abnormal information of the first receiving node.
可以理解的是,第一接收节点为在第一预设时长内未成功与发送节点建立通信连接的节点。It can be understood that the first receiving node is a node that fails to establish a communication connection with the sending node within the first preset time period.
在方式1中,便于对第一接收节点的异常进行相应的处理,从而有效延长第一接收节点的使用寿命。In mode 1, it is convenient to handle the abnormality of the first receiving node accordingly, thereby effectively prolonging the service life of the first receiving node.
方式2,上报第一接收节点关联的电芯的异常信息。 Mode 2, reporting the abnormality information of the cell associated with the first receiving node.
在方式2中,便于对第一接收节点关联的电芯的异常进行相应的处理,从而有效延长第一接收节点关联的电芯的使用寿命。In mode 2, it is convenient to deal with the abnormality of the battery cell associated with the first receiving node, thereby effectively prolonging the service life of the battery cell associated with the first receiving node.
示例性的,发送节点可以向BMS中的电池控制单元上报第一接收节点的异常信息或第一接收节点关联的电芯的异常信息,进而电池控制单元可以生成相应的控制指令,并通过发送节点发送至第一接收节点,进而使得第一接收节点对应的电池管理单元基于控制指令对第一接收节点关联的电芯进行相应的异常处理(例如,控制第一接收节点断电、充电、或放电中的任一种等操作)。可选的,电池控制单元还可以控制显示装置(例如,液晶显示器(liquid crystal displayer,LCD))显示第一接收节点的异常信息或第一接收节点关联的电池的异常信息。如此用户可以感知第一接收节点的异常信息或第一接收节点关联的电池的异常信息,以便用户采取相应的安全措施。Exemplarily, the sending node can report the abnormality information of the first receiving node or the abnormality information of the cell associated with the first receiving node to the battery control unit in the BMS, and then the battery control unit can generate corresponding control instructions, and pass the sending node sent to the first receiving node, so that the battery management unit corresponding to the first receiving node performs corresponding abnormal processing on the batteries associated with the first receiving node based on the control instruction (for example, controlling the first receiving node to power off, charge, or discharge any one of them, etc.). Optionally, the battery control unit may also control a display device (for example, a liquid crystal display (liquid crystal display, LCD)) to display the abnormal information of the first receiving node or the abnormal information of the battery associated with the first receiving node. In this way, the user can perceive the abnormal information of the first receiving node or the abnormal information of the battery associated with the first receiving node, so that the user can take corresponding safety measures.
方式3,停止发送第一信息。 Mode 3, stop sending the first information.
在方式3中,可以及时减少发送节点的通信资源的浪费,从而进一步降低发送节点的能量消耗。In mode 3, the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
方式4,调整发送第一信息的周期。Mode 4, adjusting the period for sending the first information.
示例性的,发送节点可以增大发送第一信息的周期。如此,可以及时减少发送节点的通信资源的浪费,从而进一步降低发送节点的能量消耗。Exemplarily, the sending node may increase the period for sending the first information. In this way, the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
实施例二Embodiment two
请参见图11,图11示出了本申请实施例提供的第二种通信方法,该方法可以应用于图2或图5所示的系统架构,该方法包括:Please refer to Figure 11. Figure 11 shows the second communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. This method can be applied to the system architecture shown in Figure 2 or Figure 5. The method includes:
S1101、发送节点在第一时间窗发送第一信息。相应的,第一节点在第一时间窗内,接收第一信息。S1101. The sending node sends first information in a first time window. Correspondingly, the first node receives the first information within the first time window.
其中,第一信息包含第一连接配置信息,第一连接配置信息用于属于第一分组的第一节点与发送节点建立通信连接。相应的,第一节点接收到第一信息之后,可以在第一时间窗内,基于第一连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Wherein, the first information includes first connection configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the first node belonging to the first group and the sending node. Correspondingly, after receiving the first information, the first node may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information within the first time window.
可以理解的是,第一分组即发送节点对接收节点进行分组管理形成的第一分组,第一节点即第一分组中的接收节点。第一组分组对应第一时间窗,本申请实施例中“第一时间窗”可以通过以下一项或多项信息进行定义:起始时间、起始时间的时间偏移量、截止时间、截止时间的时间偏移量、周期、或者窗长。进一步可选的,起始时间、起始时间的时间偏移量、截止时间、截止时间的时间偏移量、周期和窗长是可以灵活配置的。It can be understood that the first group is the first group formed by the sending node performing group management on the receiving nodes, and the first node is the receiving node in the first group. The first group corresponds to the first time window. In the embodiment of this application, the "first time window" can be defined by one or more of the following information: start time, time offset of start time, deadline, deadline The time offset, period, or window length of time. Further optionally, the start time, the time offset of the start time, the deadline, the time offset of the deadline, the period and the window length can be flexibly configured.
在本申请实施例中,上述第一连接配置信息可以包括发送节点的通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。In this embodiment of the present application, the first connection configuration information may include at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息是广播消息,发送节点可以以广播的形式发送第一信息。在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息是组播消息,发送节点可以以组播的形式发送第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is a broadcast message, and the sending node may send the first information in a broadcast form. In another possible implementation manner, the first information is a multicast message, and the sending node may send the first information in a multicast form.
S1102、发送节点在第一时间窗内,确定第一分组中当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量达到第一阈值,执行第一操作。S1102. The sending node determines within the first time window that the number of first target nodes in the first group that currently successfully establish communication connections with the sending node reaches a first threshold, and performs a first operation.
可以理解的是,第一阈值是第一时间窗对应的阈值。It can be understood that the first threshold is a threshold corresponding to the first time window.
在本申请实施例中,第一操作有多种实现方式,包括但不限于以下方式中的任一种:In this embodiment of the application, there are multiple ways to implement the first operation, including but not limited to any of the following ways:
方式1,停止发送包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息。 Mode 1, stop sending the first information including the first connection configuration information.
示例性的,请继续参见图2,第一分组中的第一节点以节点1、节点2和节点3为例,第一阈值以2为例。若发送节点检测到节点2和节点3已成功与其建立通信连接,则确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量已达到第一阈值,发送节点停止发送包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息。如此,停止发送第一信息,可以有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。在可能的实现方式中,其他未与发送节点成功建立通信连接的节点,例如节点1,可能并未正确接收到第一信息,因此可以实现通过停止发送第一信息而阻止或禁止节点1在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留或者与发送节点建立通信连接,进一步降低发送节点的能量消耗。For example, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the first nodes in the first group are node 1 , node 2 and node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 2 and node 3 have successfully established a communication connection with it, then it is determined that the number of first target nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and the sending node stops sending information containing the first connection configuration information. the first message. In this way, stopping sending the first information can effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node. In a possible implementation, other nodes that have not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, such as node 1, may not have received the first information correctly, so it is possible to prevent or prohibit node 1 from sending The management area or coverage area of the node resides or establishes a communication connection with the sending node, further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
方式2,发送更新后的第一信息,该更新后的第一信息不包含第一连接配置信息。Mode 2: Send updated first information, where the updated first information does not include first connection configuration information.
可以理解的是,一种设计中,更新后的第一信息主要体现为:相对于上述包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息去除了第一连接配置信息。进一步,更新后的第一信息与上述包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息还可能存在其他与时间或者流程相关的差异,本申请不做具体限定。It can be understood that, in one design, the updated first information is mainly reflected in that the first connection configuration information is removed relative to the first information including the first connection configuration information. Further, there may be other time- or flow-related differences between the updated first information and the above-mentioned first information including the first connection configuration information, which are not specifically limited in this application.
示例性的,请继续参见图2,第一分组中的第一节点以节点1、节点2和节点3为例,第一阈值以2为例。若发送节点检测到节点2和节点3已成功与其建立通信连接,则确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量已达到第一阈值,发送节点发送更新后的第一信息,更新后的第一信息不包含第一连接配置信息。如此,发送更新后的第一信息(即不包含连接配置信息的第一信息),减少了发送节点的待发送信息的信息量,可以有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。在可能的实现方式中,其他未与发送节点成功建立通信连接的节点,例如节点1,可能并未正确接收到第一信息,因此可以实现通过发送更新后的第一信息而阻止或禁止上述节点1在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留或者与发送节点建立通信连接,从而有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。For example, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the first nodes in the first group are node 1 , node 2 and node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 2 and node 3 have successfully established a communication connection with them, it is determined that the number of first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and the sending node sends updated first information, The updated first information does not include the first connection configuration information. In this way, sending the updated first information (that is, the first information not including the connection configuration information) reduces the amount of information to be sent by the sending node, and can effectively reduce the energy consumption of the sending node. In a possible implementation, other nodes that have not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, such as node 1, may not have received the first information correctly, so it is possible to prevent or prohibit the above-mentioned nodes by sending the updated first information 1 Residing in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, thereby effectively reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
需要说明的是,所述更新后的第一信息可能被已经成功与发送节点建立通信连接的节点2和节点3接收,此时节点2和节点3继续保持原有的通信连接,不受所述更新后的第一信息的影响。It should be noted that the updated first information may be received by Node 2 and Node 3 that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node. At this time, Node 2 and Node 3 continue to maintain the original communication connection and are not affected by the The impact of the updated first message.
方式3,发送第二信息,第二信息包含第一连接配置信息和第一指示标识,第一指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。Way 3: Send second information, the second information includes first connection configuration information and a first indication, and the first indication is used to instruct the receiving node to establish a new communication connection with the sending node and/or prohibit the receiving node from scanning the sending node.
需要说明的是,上述第一信息和第二信息均用于承载第一节点与发送节点建立通信连接所需的信息(例如第一连接配置信息),但第一信息与第二信息包含的某些信息单元(例如指示标识)不同。例如,第一信息和第二信息均为广播消息时,第一信息和第二消息中均包括第一指示标识,但第一信息中的第一指示标识用于指示允许接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或允许接收节点扫描发送节点,第二信息中的第一指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。It should be noted that the above-mentioned first information and second information are both used to carry information (such as first connection configuration information) required for establishing a communication connection between the first node and the sending node, but certain information contained in the first information and the second information Some information elements (such as indicators) are different. For example, when both the first information and the second information are broadcast messages, both the first information and the second message include the first indication, but the first indication in the first information is used to indicate that the receiving node and the sending node are allowed to create new The communication connection and/or allowing the receiving node to scan the sending node, the first indication in the second information is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
示例性的,请继续参见图2,第一分组中的第一节点以节点1、节点2和节点3为例,第一阈值以2为例。若发送节点检测到节点2和节点3已成功与其建立通信连接,则确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量已达到第一阈值,则发送第二信息,第二信息包含第一连接配置信息和第一指示标识,第一指示标识可以指示禁止接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。在可能的实现方式中,其他未与发送节点成功建立通信连接的节点,例如节点1,可能并未正确接收到第一信息或者接收到第一信息,但与发送节点建立通信连接失败,因此可以实现通过发送包含连接配置信息和指示标识的第二信息而阻止或禁止上述节点1在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留或者与发送节点建立通信连接,从而有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。For example, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the first nodes in the first group are node 1 , node 2 and node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 2 and node 3 have successfully established a communication connection with it, then it is determined that the number of first target nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node has reached the first threshold, and then sends second information, the second information includes The first connection configuration information and the first indication may indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node. In a possible implementation, other nodes that have not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, such as node 1, may not have received the first information correctly or received the first information, but failed to establish a communication connection with the sending node, so it may By sending the second information including the connection configuration information and the indicator, the above node 1 is prevented or prohibited from camping in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establishing a communication connection with the sending node, thereby effectively reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
在一种可能的实施方式中,若第一节点在与发送节点成功建立通信连接之后,第一节点在第一时间窗的剩余时间不接收第一信息,以及在第一时间窗之外的时间不接收第一信息;或者,在第一时间窗的剩余时间内接收更新后的第一信息,更新后的第一信息不包含第一连接配置信息;或者,在第一时间窗的剩余时间内接收包含第一连接配置信息以及第一指示标识的第二信息。In a possible implementation manner, if the first node successfully establishes a communication connection with the sending node, the first node does not receive the first information during the remaining time of the first time window, and the time outside the first time window Not receiving the first information; or, receiving updated first information within the remaining time of the first time window, and the updated first information does not include the first connection configuration information; or, receiving within the remaining time of the first time window Receive second information including the first connection configuration information and the first indication.
在进一步可能的设计中,请参见图12,上述第二种通信方法还包括:In a further possible design, please refer to Figure 12, the above-mentioned second communication method also includes:
S1103、发送节点在第一时间窗内,确定满足第一条件,继续发送第一信息。相应的,若当前第一节点未与发送节点成功建立通信连接,则接收第一信息。S1103. The sending node determines that the first condition is satisfied within the first time window, and continues to send the first information. Correspondingly, if the current first node has not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, the first information is received.
可以理解的是,S1103中的第一信息包含第一连接配置信息,从而第一节点接收到第一信息可以基于第一连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。It can be understood that the first information in S1103 includes first connection configuration information, so that the first node may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information after receiving the first information.
在该设计中,需要根据第一条件确定是否发送第一信息的情况下,在步骤1101的执行前,也可以先进行第一条件的判断,若第一条件满足,则执行所述步骤1101。In this design, if it is necessary to determine whether to send the first information according to the first condition, before step 1101 is executed, the first condition may also be judged first, and if the first condition is met, then step 1101 is executed.
在本申请实施例中,第一条件存在多种情况,包括但不限于以下至少一项:In the embodiment of this application, the first condition has many situations, including but not limited to at least one of the following:
1、确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量小于第一阈值。1. It is determined that the number of first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than a first threshold.
2、发送节点与第一目标节点中的任意节点之间的通信链路异常。2. The communication link between the sending node and any node in the first target node is abnormal.
3、第一目标节点中的任意节点处于非连接状态。3. Any node in the first target node is in a disconnected state.
4、第一目标节点中的任意节点关联的电芯异常。4. The cell associated with any node in the first target node is abnormal.
5、发送节点的通信资源更新。5. The communication resource update of the sending node.
6、第一阈值更新。6. The first threshold is updated.
在本申请实施例中,“第一阈值”用于表征第一分组中允许与发送节点建立通信连接的节点数量。第一阈值更新,即第一分组中可以与发送节点建立通信连接的第一节点的数量变化。In this embodiment of the present application, the "first threshold" is used to characterize the number of nodes in the first group that are allowed to establish a communication connection with the sending node. The first threshold is updated, that is, the number of first nodes that can establish a communication connection with the sending node in the first group changes.
对于第一条件的其他具体细节描述,请参见前文实施例一中对第一条件的描述,只 需将实施例一中的“目标接收节点”替换为“第一目标节点”即可。For other detailed descriptions of the first condition, please refer to the description of the first condition in the first embodiment above, and only need to replace the "target receiving node" in the first embodiment with "the first target node".
示例1,请继续参见图2,第一分组中的第一节点以节点1、节点2和节点3为例,第一阈值以3为例。若发送节点检测到节点1和节点2已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量小于第一阈值,发送节点发送包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息。相应的,节点3接收到第一信息,可以基于第一连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。For Example 1, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the first nodes in the first group are Node 1 , Node 2 and Node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 3 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 1 and node 2 have successfully established communication connections with the sending node, but the number of first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold, the sending node sends a message containing the first connection configuration information first information. Correspondingly, node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information.
示例2,请继续参见图2,第一分组中的第一节点以节点1、节点2和节点3为例,第一阈值以2为例。若发送节点检测到节点1和节点2已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但当前节点2与发送节点之间的通信链路异常,导致当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量小于第一阈值,则发送节点发送包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息。相应的,节点3接收到第一信息,可以基于第一连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Example 2, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the first nodes in the first group are node 1 , node 2 and node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 1 and node 2 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the current communication link between node 2 and the sending node is abnormal, the number of first target nodes that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node is smaller than the first threshold, the sending node sends first information including the first connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information.
示例3,请继续参见图2,第一分组中的第一节点以节点1、节点2和节点3为例,第一阈值以2为例。若发送节点检测到节点1和节点2已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但当前节点1处于非连接态,导致当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量小于第一阈值,则发送节点发送包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息。相应的,节点3接收到第一信息,可以基于第一连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。For Example 3, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the first nodes in the first group are Node 1 , Node 2 and Node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 1 and node 2 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the current node 1 is in a non-connected state, resulting in the number of first target nodes currently successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node being less than the first threshold, then The sending node sends first information including first connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information.
示例4,请继续参见图2,第一分组中的第一节点以节点1、节点2和节点3为例,第一阈值以2为例。若节点1、节点2和节点3中的任一节点均关联电芯,该任一节点可以用于向发送节点上报该任一节点关联的电芯的信息(例如,温度信息、电压信息、电流信息、或湿度信息中的至少一个)。若发送节点检测到节点1和节点2已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但当前节点2关联的电芯出现异常(例如,温度超出第一预设值、电压超出第二预设值、电流超出第三预设值、或湿度超出第四预设值中的至少一个),则发送节点发送包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息。相应的,节点3接收到第一信息,可以基于第一连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。For example 4, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the first nodes in the first group are node 1 , node 2 and node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If any node among node 1, node 2, and node 3 is associated with a battery cell, any node can be used to report the information of the battery cell associated with any node to the sending node (for example, temperature information, voltage information, current information, or at least one of humidity information). If the sending node detects that node 1 and node 2 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the cell associated with node 2 is abnormal (for example, the temperature exceeds the first preset value, the voltage exceeds the second preset value, the current exceeds the If the third preset value or the humidity exceeds at least one of the fourth preset value), the sending node sends the first information including the first connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information.
示例5,请继续参见图2,第一分组中的第一节点以节点1、节点2和节点3为例,第一阈值以2为例。其中,第一阈值是根据发送节点的通信资源确定的。若发送节点检测到节点1和节点2已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但发送节点的接入资源增加或者公共信道参数配置变化,导致第一阈值变为3,则当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量小于第一阈值,发送节点发送包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息。相应的,节点3接收到第一信息,可以基于第一连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。For Example 5, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the first nodes in the first group are Node 1 , Node 2 , and Node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. Wherein, the first threshold is determined according to communication resources of the sending node. If the sending node detects that node 1 and node 2 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the access resource of the sending node increases or the configuration of the common channel parameters changes, causing the first threshold to become 3, then the current communication with the sending node is successfully established The number of connected first target nodes is less than a first threshold, and the sending node sends first information including first connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information.
示例6,请继续参见图2,第一分组中的第一节点以节点1、节点2和节点3为例,第一阈值以2为例。若发送节点检测到节点1和节点2已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但第一阈值变为3,则当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量小于第一阈值,发送节点发送包含第一连接配置信息的第一信息。相应的,节点3接收到第一信息,可以基于第一连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Example 6, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the first nodes in the first group are node 1 , node 2 and node 3 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that nodes 1 and 2 have successfully established communication connections with the sending node, but the first threshold becomes 3, then the number of first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold, and the sending node Send first information including first connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 3 receives the first information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the first connection configuration information.
在一些可能的实施方式中,发送节点在第一时间窗内,确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量未达到第一阈值,执行第二操作。其中,第二操作有多种实现方式,包括但不限于以下方式中的至少一项:In some possible implementation manners, within the first time window, the sending node determines that the number of first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node does not reach the first threshold, and performs the second operation. Among them, the second operation has multiple ways to realize it, including but not limited to at least one of the following ways:
方式1,上报第三节点的异常信息。 Mode 1, reporting abnormal information of the third node.
在方式1中,便于对第三节点的异常进行相应的处理,从而有效延长第三节点的使用 寿命。In mode 1, it is convenient to deal with the abnormality of the third node, thereby effectively prolonging the service life of the third node.
方式2,上报第三节点关联的电芯的异常信息。 Mode 2, reporting the abnormal information of the batteries associated with the third node.
在方式2中,便于对第三节点关联的电芯的异常进行相应的处理,从而有效延长第三节点关联的电芯的使用寿命。In mode 2, it is convenient to deal with the abnormality of the battery cell associated with the third node, thereby effectively prolonging the service life of the battery cell associated with the third node.
可以理解的是,第三节点为第一分组中在第一时间窗内未成功与发送节点建立通信连接的节点。It can be understood that the third node is a node in the first group that fails to establish a communication connection with the sending node within the first time window.
在一些可能的实施例中,发送节点可以向BMS中的电池控制单元上报第三节点的异常信息或第三节点关联的电芯的异常信息。可选的,电池控制单元还可以控制显示装置(例如,LCD)显示第三节点的异常信息或第三节点关联的电池的异常信息。如此用户可以感知第三节点的异常信息或第三节点关联的电池的异常信息,以便用户采取相应的安全措施。In some possible embodiments, the sending node may report the abnormality information of the third node or the abnormality information of the batteries associated with the third node to the battery control unit in the BMS. Optionally, the battery control unit may also control a display device (for example, LCD) to display the abnormal information of the third node or the abnormal information of the battery associated with the third node. In this way, the user can perceive the abnormal information of the third node or the abnormal information of the battery associated with the third node, so that the user can take corresponding safety measures.
方式3,停止发送第一信息。 Mode 3, stop sending the first information.
在方式3中,可以及时减少发送节点的通信资源的浪费,从而进一步降低发送节点的能量消耗。In mode 3, the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
方式4,调整发送第一信息的周期。Mode 4, adjusting the period for sending the first information.
示例性的,发送节点可以增大第一时间窗内发送第一信息的周期,如此,可以及时减少发送节点的通信资源的浪费,从而进一步降低发送节点的能量消耗。Exemplarily, the sending node can increase the period for sending the first information within the first time window, so that the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
类似的,发送节点可以对第二分组的第二节点进行管理,可以在第二时间窗内发送第三信息,第三信息包含第二连接配置信息,第二连接配置信息用于属于第二分组的第二节点与发送节点建立通信连接。Similarly, the sending node can manage the second node of the second group, and can send the third information within the second time window, the third information includes the second connection configuration information, and the second connection configuration information is used to belong to the second group The second node establishes a communication connection with the sending node.
示例性的,请参见图13,发送节点对第二节点进行管理的过程包括:Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 13, the process for the sending node to manage the second node includes:
S1301、发送节点在第二时间窗内发送第三信息。相应的,第二节点在第二时间窗内,接收第三信息。S1301. The sending node sends third information within a second time window. Correspondingly, the second node receives the third information within the second time window.
其中,第三信息包含第二连接配置信息,第二连接配置信息用于属于第二分组的第二节点与发送节点建立通信连接。相应的,第二节点接收到第三信息之后,可以在第二时间窗内,基于第二连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Wherein, the third information includes second connection configuration information, and the second connection configuration information is used for establishing a communication connection between the second node belonging to the second group and the sending node. Correspondingly, after receiving the third information, the second node may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information within the second time window.
可以理解的是,第二分组即发送节点对接收节点进行分组管理形成的第二分组,第二节点即第二分组中的接收节点。第二分组对应第二时间窗,本申请实施例中“第二时间窗”可以通过以下一项或多项信息进行定义:起始时间、起始时间的时间偏移量、截止时间、截止时间的时间偏移量、周期、或者窗长。It can be understood that the second group is the second group formed by the sending node performing group management on the receiving nodes, and the second node is the receiving node in the second group. The second group corresponds to the second time window. In the embodiment of this application, the "second time window" can be defined by one or more of the following information: start time, time offset of start time, deadline, deadline time offset, period, or window length.
本申请实施例中,上述第一时间窗与第二时间窗不存在重叠的时间资源,和/或,第一分组和第二分组中不存在相同的节点。以及,本申请实施例中“第一时间窗与第二时间窗不存在重叠的时间资源”,可以理解为第一时间窗和第二时间窗对应的时间资源可以是连续的(如图14所示),或者是存在预设间隔的(如图15所示),本申请实施例不作具体的限制。In this embodiment of the present application, there is no overlapping time resource between the first time window and the second time window, and/or there is no same node in the first group and the second group. And, in the embodiment of the present application, "there is no overlapping time resource between the first time window and the second time window", it can be understood that the time resources corresponding to the first time window and the second time window can be continuous (as shown in Figure 14 shown), or there is a preset interval (as shown in FIG. 15 ), which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,上述第二连接配置信息包括通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。In this embodiment of the present application, the second connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier.
S1302、发送节点在第二时间窗内,确定第二分组中当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二目标节点的数量达到第二阈值时,执行第三操作。S1302. When the sending node determines within the second time window that the number of second target nodes that currently successfully establish communication connections with the sending node in the second group reaches a second threshold, perform a third operation.
在本申请实施例中,第三操作有多种实现方式,包括但不限于以下方式中的任一种:In this embodiment of the application, there are multiple ways to implement the third operation, including but not limited to any of the following ways:
方式1,停止发送包含第二连接配置信息的第三信息。 Mode 1, stop sending the third information including the second connection configuration information.
方式2,发送更新后的第三信息,更新后的第三信息不包含第二连接配置信息。Mode 2: Send updated third information, where the updated third information does not include the second connection configuration information.
可以理解的是,一种设计中,更新后的第三信息主要体现为:相对于上述包含第二连接配置信息的第三信息去除了第二连接配置信息。进一步,更新后的第三信息与上述包含第二连接配置信息的第三信息还可能存在其他与时间或者流程相关的差异,本申请不做具体限定。It can be understood that, in one design, the updated third information is mainly reflected in that the second connection configuration information is removed relative to the third information including the second connection configuration information. Further, there may be other time- or process-related differences between the updated third information and the above-mentioned third information including the second connection configuration information, which are not specifically limited in this application.
方式3,发送第四信息,第四信息包含第二连接配置信息和第二指示标识,第二指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。Mode 3: Send fourth information, where the fourth information includes second connection configuration information and a second indication, and the second indication is used to instruct the receiving node to establish a communication connection with the sending node and/or prohibit the receiving node from scanning the sending node.
需要说明的是,上述第三信息和第四信息均承载了第四节点与发送节点建立通信连接所需的信息(例如第二连接配置信息),但第三信息与第四信息包含的某些信息单元(例如第二指示标识)不同。例如,第三信息和第四信息均为广播消息时,第三信息和第四消息中均包括第二指示标识,但第三信息中的第二指示标识用于指示允许第二节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或允许第二节点扫描发送节点,第四信息中的第二指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。It should be noted that both the third information and the fourth information above carry the information (such as the second connection configuration information) required by the fourth node to establish a communication connection with the sending node, but some of the information contained in the third information and the fourth information The information units (such as the second indicator) are different. For example, when both the third information and the fourth information are broadcast messages, both the third information and the fourth message include the second indicator, but the second indicator in the third information is used to indicate that the second node and the sending node are allowed Create a communication connection and/or allow the second node to scan the sending node, and the second indication in the fourth information is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
需要说明的是,在该实施例中,上述第一信息与第三信息的内容相同,上述第二信息和第四信息的内容相同。其区别在于,第一信息和第二信息是在第一时间窗内发送,第三信息和第四信息是在第二时间窗内发送。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the contents of the first information and the third information are the same, and the contents of the second information and the fourth information are the same. The difference is that the first information and the second information are sent within the first time window, and the third information and the fourth information are sent within the second time window.
需要说明的是,上述第一指示标识、指示标识以及上述实施一中的指示标识均用于指示禁止接收节点与所述发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描所述发送节点。It should be noted that, the above-mentioned first indicator, the indicator and the indicator in the first implementation are all used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
在S1302中,发送节点在第二时间窗内,确定第二分组中当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二目标节点的数量达到第二阈值时,执行第三操作(即方式1至方式3中的任一种),可以有效阻止或禁止未与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二节点在发送节点的管理范围或覆盖范围驻留或者与发送节点建立通信连接,从而有效降低发送节点的能量消耗。In S1302, when the sending node determines within the second time window that the number of second target nodes currently successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node in the second group reaches the second threshold, the third operation (i.e. mode 1 to mode 3) is executed. Any one of the above), can effectively prevent or prohibit the second node that has not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node to reside in the management range or coverage of the sending node or establish a communication connection with the sending node, thereby effectively reducing the energy of the sending node consume.
S1303、发送节点在第二时间窗内,确定满足第二条件,发送第三信息。相应的,若当前第二节点未与发送节点成功建立通信连接,则接收第三信息。S1303. The sending node determines that the second condition is satisfied within the second time window, and sends the third information. Correspondingly, if the current second node has not successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, the third information is received.
可以理解的是,S1303中的第三信息包含第二连接配置信息,从而第二节点接收到第三信息可以基于第二连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。It can be understood that the third information in S1303 includes the second connection configuration information, so that the second node can establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information after receiving the third information.
在该设计中,需要根据第二条件确定是否发送第一信息的情况下,在步骤1301的执行前,也可以先进行第二条件的判断,若第二条件满足,则执行所述步骤1301。In this design, if it is necessary to determine whether to send the first information according to the second condition, before step 1301 is executed, the second condition may be judged first, and if the second condition is met, then step 1301 is executed.
在本申请实施例中,第二条件存在多种情况,包括但不限于以下至少一项:In this embodiment of the application, the second condition has many situations, including but not limited to at least one of the following:
1、确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二目标节点的数量小于第二阈值。1. It is determined that the number of second target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than a second threshold.
2、发送节点与第二目标节点中的任意节点之间的通信链路异常。2. The communication link between the sending node and any node in the second target node is abnormal.
3、第二目标节点中的任意节点处于非连接状态。3. Any node in the second target node is in a disconnected state.
4、第二目标节点中的任意节点关联的电芯异常。4. The cell associated with any node in the second target node is abnormal.
5、发送节点的通信资源更新。5. The communication resource update of the sending node.
6、第二阈值更新。6. The second threshold is updated.
在本申请实施例中,“第二阈值”用于表征第二分组中允许与发送节点建立通信连接的节点数量。第二阈值更新,即第二分组中可以与发送节点建立通信连接的第二节点的数量变化。In this embodiment of the present application, the "second threshold" is used to characterize the number of nodes in the second group that are allowed to establish a communication connection with the sending node. The second threshold is updated, that is, the number of second nodes that can establish a communication connection with the sending node in the second group changes.
对于第一条件的其他具体细节描述,请参见前文实施例一中对第一条件的描述,只 需将实施例一中的“目标接收节点”替换为“第二目标节点”即可。For other detailed descriptions of the first condition, please refer to the description of the first condition in the first embodiment above, and only need to replace the "target receiving node" in the first embodiment with "the second target node".
示例1,请继续参见图2,第二分组中的第二节点以节点4、节点5和节点6为例,第一阈值以3为例。若发送节点检测到节点4和节点5已成功与其建立通信连接,但当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二目标节点的数量小于第二阈值,发送节点发送包含第二连接配置信息的第三信息。相应的,节点3接收到第三信息,可以基于第二连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Example 1, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the second nodes in the second group are nodes 4 , 5 and 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 3 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 4 and node 5 have successfully established communication connections with them, but the number of second target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the second threshold, the sending node sends a third node containing the second connection configuration information. information. Correspondingly, node 3 receives the third information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information.
示例2,第二分组中的第二节点以节点4、节点5和节点6为例,第一阈值以2为例。若发送节点检测到节点4和节点5已成功与其建立通信连接,但当前节点4与发送节点之间的通信链路异常,导致当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二目标节点的数量小于第二阈值,则发送节点发送第三信息,第三信息包含第二连接配置信息。相应的,节点6接收到第三信息,可以基于第二连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。In Example 2, the second nodes in the second group are Node 4, Node 5, and Node 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that nodes 4 and 5 have successfully established communication connections with them, but the current communication link between node 4 and the sending node is abnormal, resulting in the number of second target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node being less than the first two thresholds, the sending node sends the third information, and the third information includes the second connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 6 receives the third information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information.
示例3,第二分组中的第二节点以节点4、节点5和节点6为例,第一阈值以3为例。若发送节点检测到节点4和节点5已成功与其建立通信连接,但当前节点4处于非连接态,导致当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二目标节点的数量小于第二阈值,则发送节点发送第三信息,第三信息包含第二连接配置信息。相应的,节点6接收到第三信息,可以基于第二连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。In Example 3, the second nodes in the second group are Node 4, Node 5, and Node 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 3 as an example. If the sending node detects that node 4 and node 5 have successfully established a communication connection with it, but the current node 4 is in an unconnected state, resulting in the number of second target nodes currently successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node being less than the second threshold, the sending node Send third information, where the third information includes second connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 6 receives the third information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information.
示例4,请继续参见图2,第二分组中的第二节点以节点4、节点5和节点6为例,第一阈值以3为例。若节点4、节点5和节点6中的任一节点均关联电芯,该任一节点可以用于向发送节点上报该任一节点关联的电芯的信息。若发送节点检测到节点4和节点5已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但当前节点4关联的电芯出现异常,则发送节点断开节点4与发送节点之间的通信连接,并发送第三信息,第三信息包含第二连接配置信息。相应的,节点6接收到第三信息,可以基于第二连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。For Example 4, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the second nodes in the second group are Node 4 , Node 5 and Node 6 as examples, and the first threshold is 3 as an example. If any node among node 4, node 5, and node 6 is associated with a battery cell, the node can be used to report the information of the battery cell associated with the node to the sending node. If the sending node detects that nodes 4 and 5 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the battery cell associated with node 4 is abnormal, the sending node disconnects the communication connection between node 4 and the sending node, and sends a third information, the third information includes the second connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 6 receives the third information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information.
示例5,请继续参见图2,第二分组中的第二节点以节点4、节点5和节点6为例,第一阈值以2为例。其中,第二阈值是根据发送节点的通信资源确定的。若发送节点检测到节点4和节点5已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但发送节点的接入资源增加或者公共信道参数配置变化,导致第二阈值变为3,则当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二目标节点的数量小于第二阈值,发送节点发送第三信息,第三信息包含第二连接配置信息。相应的,节点6接收到第三信息,可以基于第二连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Example 5, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the second nodes in the second group are taken as nodes 4 , 5 and 6 , and the first threshold is 2 as an example. Wherein, the second threshold is determined according to communication resources of the sending node. If the sending node detects that node 4 and node 5 have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node, but the access resource of the sending node increases or the configuration of the common channel parameters changes, causing the second threshold to become 3, then the current communication with the sending node is successfully established When the number of connected second target nodes is less than the second threshold, the sending node sends third information, where the third information includes second connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 6 receives the third information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information.
示例6,请继续参见图2,第二分组中的第二节点以节点4、节点5和节点6为例,第一阈值以2为例。若发送节点检测到节点4和节点5已成功与发送节点建立通信连接,但第二阈值变为3,则当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二目标节点的数量小于第二阈值,发送节点发送第三信息,第三信息包含第二连接配置信息。相应的,节点6接收到第三信息,可以基于第二连接配置信息与发送节点建立通信连接。Example 6, please continue to refer to FIG. 2 , the second nodes in the second group are taken as nodes 4 , 5 and 6 , and the first threshold is 2 as an example. If the sending node detects that nodes 4 and 5 have successfully established communication connections with the sending node, but the second threshold becomes 3, then the number of second target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the second threshold, and the sending node Send third information, where the third information includes second connection configuration information. Correspondingly, node 6 receives the third information, and may establish a communication connection with the sending node based on the second connection configuration information.
需要说明的是,上述第一连接配置信息、第二连接配置信息以及上述实施一中的连接配置信息均为发送节点与接收节点建立通信连接的关键信息。其中,第一连接配置信息用于属于第一分组的第一节点与发送节点建立通信连接,第二连接配置信息用于属于第二分组的第二节点与发送节点建立通信连接,连接配置信息用于所有接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接。It should be noted that the first connection configuration information, the second connection configuration information, and the connection configuration information in the first implementation above are all key information for establishing a communication connection between the sending node and the receiving node. Wherein, the first connection configuration information is used for the first node belonging to the first group to establish a communication connection with the sending node, the second connection configuration information is used for the second node belonging to the second group to establish a communication connection with the sending node, and the connection configuration information is used for Establish communication connections between all receiving nodes and sending nodes.
类似的,发送节点在第二时间窗内,确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二目 标节点的数量未达到第二阈值,执行第四操作。Similarly, within the second time window, the sending node determines that the number of second target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node does not reach the second threshold, and performs a fourth operation.
其中,第四操作有多种实现方式,包括但不限于以下方式中的至少一项:Among them, the fourth operation has multiple ways of implementation, including but not limited to at least one of the following ways:
方式1,上报第四节点的异常信息。在方式1中,便于对第四节点的异常进行相应的处理,从而有效延长第四节点的使用寿命。 Mode 1, reporting abnormal information of the fourth node. In mode 1, it is convenient to deal with the abnormality of the fourth node accordingly, thereby effectively prolonging the service life of the fourth node.
可以理解的是,第四节点为第二分组中在第二时间窗内未成功与发送节点建立通信连接的节点。It can be understood that the fourth node is a node in the second group that fails to establish a communication connection with the sending node within the second time window.
方式2,上报第四节点关联的电芯的异常信息。在方式2中,便于对第四节点关联的电芯的异常得到相应的处理,从而有效延长第四节点关联的电芯的使用寿命。 Mode 2, reporting the abnormal information of the batteries associated with the fourth node. In mode 2, it is convenient to deal with the abnormality of the battery cell associated with the fourth node, thereby effectively prolonging the service life of the battery cell associated with the fourth node.
示例性的,发送节点可以向BMS中的电池控制单元上报第四节点的异常信息或第四节点关联的电芯的异常信息,进而电池控制单元可以生成相应的控制指令,并通过发送节点发送至第四节点,进而使得第四节点对应的电池管理单元基于控制指令对第四节点关联的电芯进行相应的异常处理(请参见前文描述)。可选的,电池控制单元还可以控制显示装置(例如,LCD)显示第四节点的异常信息或第四节点关联的电池的异常信息。如此用户可以感知第四节点的异常信息或第四节点关联的电池的异常信息,以便用户采取相应的安全措施。Exemplarily, the sending node can report the abnormal information of the fourth node or the abnormal information of the batteries associated with the fourth node to the battery control unit in the BMS, and then the battery control unit can generate corresponding control instructions and send them to The fourth node further enables the battery management unit corresponding to the fourth node to perform corresponding abnormal processing on the batteries associated with the fourth node based on the control instruction (please refer to the foregoing description). Optionally, the battery control unit may also control a display device (for example, LCD) to display the abnormal information of the fourth node or the abnormal information of the battery associated with the fourth node. In this way, the user can perceive the abnormal information of the fourth node or the abnormal information of the battery associated with the fourth node, so that the user can take corresponding safety measures.
方式3,停止发送第三信息。在方式3中,可以及时减少发送节点的通信资源的浪费,从而进一步降低发送节点的能量消耗。 Mode 3, stop sending the third information. In mode 3, the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
方式4,调整发送第三信息的周期。在一种可能的实施方式中,发送节点可以增大在第二时间窗内发送第三信息的周期。如此,可以及时减少发送节点的通信资源的浪费,从而进一步降低发送节点的能量消耗。Mode 4, adjusting the period for sending the third information. In a possible implementation manner, the sending node may increase a period for sending the third information within the second time window. In this way, the waste of communication resources of the sending node can be reduced in time, thereby further reducing the energy consumption of the sending node.
请参见图16,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置示意图。该通信装置1600用于实现上述各实施例中方法中的各个步骤,如图16所示,该通信装置1600包括通信单元1601和处理单元1602。Please refer to FIG. 16 , which is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1600 is used to implement various steps in the methods in the foregoing embodiments. As shown in FIG. 16 , the communication device 1600 includes a communication unit 1601 and a processing unit 1602 .
在第一个实施例中,该通信装置1600用于实现上述图9和图10所示实施例中发送节点的执行的方法。In the first embodiment, the communication device 1600 is used to implement the method executed by the sending node in the above embodiments shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 .
在一种可能的实施方式中,通信单元1601可以发送第一信息,该第一信息包含连接配置信息,该连接配置信息用于接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接;处理单元1602可以确定当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量达到第一阈值时,执行第一操作。其中,第一操作包括以下中的一个:停止发送第一信息;或者,发送更新后的第一信息,更新后的第一信息不包含连接配置信息;或者,发送第二信息,第二信息包含连接配置信息以及指示标识,该指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit 1601 may send first information, where the first information includes connection configuration information, and the connection configuration information is used for the receiving node to establish a communication connection with the sending node; the processing unit 1602 may determine the current and sending node When the number of target receiving nodes with which the node successfully establishes a communication connection reaches a first threshold, a first operation is performed. Wherein, the first operation includes one of the following: stop sending the first information; or, send the updated first information, and the updated first information does not include the connection configuration information; or, send the second information, and the second information includes The connection configuration information and the indication mark are used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
在一种可能的设计中,上述连接配置信息包括上述发送节点的通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。对于通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识的具体的描述请参见前文。In a possible design, the connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node. For the specific description of the communication domain domain name, communication domain identifier, layer 2 link identifier, or physical layer identifier, please refer to the foregoing.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元1602在执行第一操作之后,还可以确定满足第一条件;发送第一信息。对于第一条件的具体实现方式,请参见前文实施例一中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, after performing the first operation, the processing unit 1602 may further determine that the first condition is met; and send the first information. For the specific implementation manner of the first condition, please refer to the relevant description in the first embodiment above, and details will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元1602还可以确定在第一预设时长内,目标接收节点 的数量未达到第一阈值,执行第二操作。对于第二操作的具体实现方式,请参见前文实施例一中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, the processing unit 1602 may also determine that the number of target receiving nodes does not reach the first threshold within the first preset time period, and execute the second operation. For the specific implementation manner of the second operation, please refer to the relevant description in the first embodiment above, and details will not be repeated here.
可选的,通信单元1601还可以向BMS中的电池控制单元上报第一接收节点的异常信息和/或第一接收节点关联的电芯的异常信息。Optionally, the communication unit 1601 may also report the abnormality information of the first receiving node and/or the abnormality information of the batteries associated with the first receiving node to the battery control unit in the BMS.
在第二个实施例中,该通信装置1600用于实现上述图11和图12所示实施例中发送节点的执行的方法。In the second embodiment, the communication device 1600 is used to implement the method executed by the sending node in the above embodiments shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 .
在一种可能的实施方式中,通信单元1601可以在第一时间窗发送第一信息,第一信息包含连接第一配置信息,第一连接配置信息用于属于第一分组的第一节点与发送节点建立通信连接;其中,第一分组对应第一时间窗;处理单元1602可以在第一时间窗内,确定第一分组中当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量达到第一阈值时,执行第一操作。其中,第一操作包括以下中的一个:停止发送第一信息;或者,发送更新后的第一信息,更新后的第一信息不包含第一连接配置信息;或者,发送第二信息,第二信息包含第一连接配置信息以及第一指示标识,第一指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点;其中,第一阈值为第一时间窗对应的阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit 1601 may send the first information in the first time window, the first information includes connection first configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used by the first node belonging to the first group to send The node establishes a communication connection; wherein, the first group corresponds to the first time window; the processing unit 1602 may determine within the first time window that the number of first target nodes currently successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node in the first group reaches the first When the threshold is reached, perform the first operation. Wherein, the first operation includes one of the following: stop sending the first information; or, send the updated first information, the updated first information does not contain the first connection configuration information; or send the second information, the second The information includes first connection configuration information and a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node; wherein, the first threshold corresponds to the first time window threshold.
类似的,通信单元1601还可以在第二时间窗发送第三信息,第三信息包含第二连接配置信息,该第二连接配置信息用于属于第二分组的第二节点与发送节点建立通信连接;其中,第二分组对应第二时间窗,第一时间窗与第二时间窗不存在重叠的时间资源,和/或,第一分组和第二分组中不存在相同的节点;处理单元1602可以在第二时间窗内,确定第二分组中当前与发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二目标节点的数量达到第二阈值时,执行第三操作,第三操作包括以下中的一个:停止发送第三信息;发送更新后的第三信息,更新后的第三信息不包含第二连接配置信息;或者,发送第四信息,第四信息包含第二连接配置信息以及第二指示标识,第二指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点;其中,第二阈值为第二时间窗对应的阈值。Similarly, the communication unit 1601 may also send third information in the second time window, the third information includes second connection configuration information, and the second connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the second node belonging to the second group and the sending node ; Wherein, the second group corresponds to the second time window, there is no overlapping time resource between the first time window and the second time window, and/or, the same node does not exist in the first group and the second group; the processing unit 1602 can In the second time window, when it is determined that the number of second target nodes currently successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node in the second group reaches the second threshold, a third operation is performed, and the third operation includes one of the following: stop sending the first Three information; send the updated third information, the updated third information does not contain the second connection configuration information; or send the fourth information, the fourth information contains the second connection configuration information and the second indication, the second indication The identifier is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node; wherein, the second threshold is a threshold corresponding to the second time window.
在一种可能的设计中,第一连接配置信息包括发送节点的通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。类似的,第二连接配置信息包括发送节点的通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。In a possible design, the first connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node. Similarly, the second connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元1602在执行第一操作之后,还可以在第一时间窗内,确定满足第一条件;发送第一信息。对于第一条件的具体实现方式,请参见前文实施例二中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, after performing the first operation, the processing unit 1602 may also determine that the first condition is satisfied within the first time window; and send the first information. For the specific implementation of the first condition, please refer to the relevant description in the second embodiment above, and details will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元1602还可以在第一时间窗内,确定第一目标节点的数量未达到第一阈值,执行第二操作。对于第二操作的具体实现方式,请参见前文实施例二中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, the processing unit 1602 may also determine that the number of the first target nodes does not reach the first threshold within the first time window, and execute the second operation. For the specific implementation manner of the second operation, please refer to the relevant description in the foregoing second embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
在第三个实施例中,该通信装置1600用于实现上述各实施例中对应第一分组中的第一节点执行的方法。In the third embodiment, the communication device 1600 is configured to implement the methods performed corresponding to the first node in the first group in the above embodiments.
在一种可能的实施方式中,通信单元1601可以用于在第一时间窗内,接收第一信息,第一信息包含第一连接配置信息,第一连接配置信息用于属于第一分组的第一节点与发送节点建立通信连接,第一分组对应第一时间窗;处理单元1602还可以在与发送节点成功 建立通信连接之后,执行以下任一个:在第一时间窗的剩余时间不接收第一信息,以及在第一时间窗的之外的时间不接收第一信息;在第一时间窗的剩余时间内接收更新后的第一信息,更新后的第一信息不包含第一连接配置信息;或者,在第一时间窗的剩余时间内接收第二信息,第二信息包含第一连接配置信息以及第一指示标识,第一指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描发送节点。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit 1601 may be configured to receive first information within a first time window, where the first information includes first connection configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used for the first connection configuration information belonging to the first group. A node establishes a communication connection with the sending node, and the first packet corresponds to the first time window; the processing unit 1602 may also perform any of the following after successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node: do not receive the first packet during the remaining time of the first time window information, and do not receive the first information at a time other than the first time window; receive updated first information within the remaining time of the first time window, and the updated first information does not include the first connection configuration information; Alternatively, receiving second information within the remaining time of the first time window, the second information includes first connection configuration information and a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from establishing a communication connection with the sending node and/or Disable the receiving node from scanning the sending node.
应理解以上通信装置中单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且通信装置中的单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,各个单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在通信装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于存储器中,由通信装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件又可以成为处理器,可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路实现或者以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现。It should be understood that the above division of units in the communication device is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity or physically separated during actual implementation. In addition, the units in the communication device can be implemented in the form of software calling through the processing elements; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some units can also be implemented in the form of software calling through the processing elements, and some units can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, each unit can be an independently established processing element, or can be integrated into a certain chip of the communication device. In addition, it can also be stored in the memory in the form of a program, which is called and executed by a certain processing element of the communication device. function of the unit. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated together, or implemented independently. The processing element mentioned here may also be a processor, which may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability. In the process of implementation, each step of the above method or each unit above may be implemented by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or implemented in the form of software called by the processing element.
在一个例子中,以上任一通信装置中的单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。再如,当通信装置中的单元可以通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。In one example, the units in any of the above communication devices may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or, one or multiple microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA), or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. For another example, when the units in the communication device can be implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, the processing element can be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU) or other processors that can call programs. For another example, these units can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
需要说明的是,当通信装置1600用于实现上述第一分组中的第一节点执行的方法时,通信装置1600可以设置于电池中。其中,通信装置1600可以设置于电池中有多种情况,包括但不限于以下情况:It should be noted that, when the communication device 1600 is used to implement the method performed by the first node in the first group, the communication device 1600 may be set in a battery. Among them, the communication device 1600 can be installed in a battery in many situations, including but not limited to the following situations:
情况1,通信装置1600设置于电池中。 Case 1, the communication device 1600 is installed in a battery.
示例性的,请参见图17,图17示出了本申请实施例提供的一种电池装置的结构示意图,该电池装置1700包括电池模组1、电池模组2、……、电池模组n、通信装置3(即通信装置1600)、采集芯片4。For example, please refer to FIG. 17. FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a battery device provided in an embodiment of the present application. The battery device 1700 includes a battery module 1, a battery module 2, ..., a battery module n , the communication device 3 (that is, the communication device 1600 ), and the acquisition chip 4 .
可选的,电池模组1-电池模组n中的每个电池模组包括多个电芯。该芯片可以是铝壳电芯、软包电芯(又称“聚合物电芯”)、或圆柱电芯中的任一种。n为大于2的正整数。Optionally, each battery module in battery module 1-battery module n includes a plurality of battery cells. The chip can be any one of an aluminum shell cell, a soft pack cell (also known as a "polymer cell"), or a cylindrical cell. n is a positive integer greater than 2.
其中,采集芯片4集成了一种或多种传感器(例如,电压传感器、电流传感器、温湿度传感器、或位移传感器)的采集功能,采集芯片4与电池模组1-电池模组n连接,进而采集芯片4可以采集电池模组1-电池模组n中的电芯的信息(例如电压信息、电流信息、温度信息、湿度信息或者形变信息中的至少一种),将电池模组1-电池模组n中的电芯的信息通过通信装置3上报给BMS中的管理节点(即发送节点)。Wherein, the acquisition chip 4 integrates the acquisition function of one or more sensors (for example, a voltage sensor, a current sensor, a temperature and humidity sensor, or a displacement sensor), and the acquisition chip 4 is connected to the battery module 1-battery module n, and then The collection chip 4 can collect the information of the cells in the battery module 1-battery module n (such as at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information), and the battery module 1-battery The information of the batteries in the module n is reported to the management node (that is, the sending node) in the BMS through the communication device 3 .
可选的,电池装置1700还包括保护电路板5,保护电路板5与控制电池模组1-电池模组n连接,进而保护电路板5可以对电池模组1-电池模组n中的电芯进行充电、放电、或断电等处理。在一些实施例中,采集芯片4可以采集电池模组1-电池模组n中的电芯的信 息(例如电压信息、电流信息、温度信息、湿度信息或者形变信息中的至少一种)、和保护电路板5的信息(例如电压信息、电流信息、温度信息、湿度信息或者形变信息中的至少一种),并将电池模组1-电池模组n中的电芯的信息和保护电路板5的信息通过通信装置3上报给BMS中的管理节点(即发送节点)。Optionally, the battery device 1700 also includes a protection circuit board 5, and the protection circuit board 5 is connected to the control battery module 1-battery module n, and then the protection circuit board 5 can protect the battery in the battery module 1-battery module n. The core is charged, discharged, or powered off. In some embodiments, the collection chip 4 can collect information (such as at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information) of the battery cells in the battery module 1-battery module n, and Protect the information of the circuit board 5 (such as at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information), and combine the information of the battery cells in the battery module 1-battery module n with the protection circuit board 5 is reported to the management node (that is, the sending node) in the BMS through the communication device 3 .
情况2,通信装置1600设置于电池中的一个电池模组中。 Case 2, the communication device 1600 is installed in a battery module of the battery.
示例性的,请参见图18,图18示出了本申请实施例提供的一种电池模组的结构示意图,该电池模组1800包括电芯1、电芯2、……、电芯n、通信装置3(即通信装置900)、采集芯片4。n为大于2的正整数。For example, please refer to FIG. 18. FIG. 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of a battery module provided by an embodiment of the present application. The battery module 1800 includes battery cells 1, battery cells 2, ..., battery cells n, The communication device 3 (ie, the communication device 900 ), and the acquisition chip 4 . n is a positive integer greater than 2.
其中,采集芯片4集成了一种或多种传感器(例如,电压传感器、电流传感器、温湿度传感器、或位移传感器)的采集功能,进而采集芯片4可以采集电芯1-电芯n的信息(例如电压信息、电流信息、温度信息、湿度信息或者形变信息中的至少一种),将电芯1-电芯n的信息通过通信装置3上报给BMS中的管理节点。Wherein, the acquisition chip 4 integrates the acquisition function of one or more sensors (for example, a voltage sensor, a current sensor, a temperature and humidity sensor, or a displacement sensor), and then the acquisition chip 4 can collect the information of the cell 1-cell n ( For example, at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information), and report the information of cell 1 to cell n to the management node in the BMS through the communication device 3 .
情况3,通信装置1600设置于电池中的一个电芯中。In case 3, the communication device 1600 is installed in one cell of the battery.
示例性的,请参见图19,图19示出了本申请实施例提供的一种智能电芯的结构示意图,该智能电芯1900包括通信装置1(即通信装置1600)、采集芯片2和电芯3。For example, please refer to FIG. 19, which shows a schematic structural diagram of a smart battery provided by an embodiment of the present application. The smart battery 1900 includes a communication device 1 (that is, a communication device 1600), an acquisition chip 2 and an electronic Core 3.
其中,采集芯片2集成了一种或多种传感器(例如,电压传感器、电流传感器、温湿度传感器、或位移传感器)的采集功能,采集芯片2分别与电芯3和通信装置1连接,进而采集芯片2可以采集电芯3的信息(例如电压信息、电流信息、温度信息、湿度信息或者形变信息中的至少一种),将电芯3的信息通过通信装置1上报给BMS中的管理节点。Wherein, the acquisition chip 2 integrates the acquisition function of one or more sensors (for example, a voltage sensor, a current sensor, a temperature and humidity sensor, or a displacement sensor), and the acquisition chip 2 is connected with the battery cell 3 and the communication device 1 respectively, and then acquires The chip 2 can collect the information of the battery cell 3 (such as at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information), and report the information of the battery cell 3 to the management node in the BMS through the communication device 1.
可选的,智能电芯1900还包括保护电路板4,保护电路板4是指对电芯起保护作用的集成电路板,保护电路板可以包括保护芯片、MOS管、电阻、电容或PCB板中的至少一项。保护电路板4与电芯3连接,可以用于对电芯进行充电、放电或断电等处理。其中,采集芯片2可以采集电芯3的信息(例如电压信息、电流信息、温度信息、湿度信息或者形变信息中的至少一种)和保护电路板4的信息(例如电压信息、电流信息、温度信息、湿度信息或者形变信息中的至少一种),将电芯3的信息和保护电路板4的信息通过通信装置1上报给BMS中的管理节点。Optionally, the smart cell 1900 also includes a protection circuit board 4, which refers to an integrated circuit board that protects the cell, and the protection circuit board may include a protection chip, a MOS tube, a resistor, a capacitor, or a circuit board in a PCB. at least one of the . The protection circuit board 4 is connected to the battery cell 3 and can be used to charge, discharge or power off the battery cell. Wherein, the collection chip 2 can collect the information of the electric core 3 (such as at least one of voltage information, current information, temperature information, humidity information or deformation information) and the information of the protection circuit board 4 (such as voltage information, current information, temperature information, etc.) information, humidity information or deformation information), and report the information of the battery cell 3 and the information of the protection circuit board 4 to the management node in the BMS through the communication device 1.
参考图20,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置示意图,用于实现以上实施例中发送节点或者第一分组中的第一节点的操作。如图20所示,该通信装置2000包括:至少一个处理器2010和接口2030,可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器2020。接口2030用于实现与其他设备进行通信。可选的,该通信装置可以为发送节点或者第一分组中的第一节点内的芯片系统或者集成电路。Referring to FIG. 20 , it is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application, which is used to implement the operation of the sending node or the first node in the first group in the above embodiments. As shown in FIG. 20 , the communication device 2000 includes: at least one processor 2010 and an interface 2030 , and optionally, the communication device further includes a memory 2020 . The interface 2030 is used to communicate with other devices. Optionally, the communication device may be a chip system or an integrated circuit in the sending node or the first node in the first group.
以上实施例中发送节点或者第一分组中的第一节点执行的方法可以通过处理器2010调用存储器(可以是发送节点或者第一分组中的第一节点中的存储器2020,也可以是外部存储器)中存储的程序来实现。即,发送节点或者第一分组中的第一节点可以包括处理器2010,该处理器2010通过调用存储器中的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中发送节点或者第一分组中的第一节点执行的方法。这里的处理器可以是一种具有信号的处理能力的集成电路,例如CPU。发送节点或者第一分组中的第一节点可以通过配置成以上实施方法的一 个或多个集成电路来实现。例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个微处理器DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等,或这些集成电路形式中至少两种的组合。或者,可以结合以上实现方式。In the above embodiment, the method performed by the sending node or the first node in the first group may call the memory through the processor 2010 (it may be the memory 2020 in the sending node or the first node in the first group, or it may be an external memory) implemented by programs stored in . That is, the sending node or the first node in the first group may include a processor 2010, and the processor 2010 invokes a program in the memory to execute the steps performed by the sending node or the first node in the first group in the above method embodiments. method. The processor here may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities, such as a CPU. The sending node or the first node in the first packet may be implemented by one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the method above. For example: one or more ASICs, or one or more microprocessors DSP, or one or more FPGAs, etc., or a combination of at least two of these integrated circuit forms. Alternatively, the above implementation manners may be combined.
具体的,图16中的通信单元1601和处理单元1602的功能/实现过程可以通过图20所示的通信装置2000中的处理器2010调用存储器2020中存储的计算机可执行指令来实现。或者,图16中的处理单元1602的功能/实现过程可以通过图20所示的通信装置2000中的处理器2010调用存储器2020中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图16中的通信单元1601的功能/实现过程可以通过图20中所示的通信装置2000中的接口2030来实现,示例性的,通信单元1601的功能/实现过程可以通过处理器调用存储器中的程序指令以驱动接口2030来实现。Specifically, the functions/implementation process of the communication unit 1601 and the processing unit 1602 in FIG. 16 can be realized by calling the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 2020 by the processor 2010 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 20 . Or, the function/implementation process of the processing unit 1602 in FIG. 16 can be realized by the processor 2010 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. The/implementation process can be realized through the interface 2030 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG.
本申请实施例还提供一种终端,该终端可以为智能家具设备、智能运输设备、智能制造设备或智能终端,该终端包含上述发送节点或者第一分组中的第一节点中的至少一个。示例性的,智能家居设备诸如电视、扫地机器人、智能台灯、音响系统、智能照明系统、电器控制系统、家庭背景音乐、家庭影院系统、对讲系统、或视频监控等,智能运输设备诸如汽车、轮船、无人机、火车、货车、或卡车等、智能制造设备诸如机器人、工业设备、智能物流、或智能工厂等,智能终端例如手机、计算机、平板电脑、掌上电脑、台式机、耳机、音响、穿戴设备、车载设备、虚拟现实设备、或增强现实设备等。The embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal, which may be a smart furniture device, a smart transportation device, a smart manufacturing device, or a smart terminal, and the terminal includes at least one of the above-mentioned sending node or the first node in the first group. Exemplarily, smart home devices such as TVs, sweeping robots, smart desk lamps, audio systems, smart lighting systems, electrical control systems, home background music, home theater systems, intercom systems, or video surveillance, etc., smart transportation devices such as cars, Ships, drones, trains, trucks, or trucks, intelligent manufacturing equipment such as robots, industrial equipment, intelligent logistics, or intelligent factories, etc., intelligent terminals such as mobile phones, computers, tablets, handheld computers, desktops, headphones, audio , wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices, virtual reality devices, or augmented reality devices, etc.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包含上述任意实施例中的发送节点或者第一分组中的第一节点。示例性的,该通信系统可以是BMS系统。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the sending node in any of the above embodiments or the first node in the first group. Exemplarily, the communication system may be a BMS system.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,包括至少一个处理器和接口。该接口用于为至少一个处理器提供程序指令或者数据。该至少一个处理器用于执行程序指令,以实现上述任意实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, including at least one processor and an interface. The interface is used to provide program instructions or data to at least one processor. The at least one processor is configured to execute program instructions to implement the method in any of the foregoing embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种控制装置,所述控制装置包含上述图9-图13中所述的发送节点,或者,用于实现图9-图13中所述的发送节点所执行的至少一个方法或步骤的通信装置。进一步,所述控制装置还包含处理单元,所述处理单元用于处理通过所述通信装置交互的数据,和/或,用于控制或配置所述通信装置。一种设计中,所述处理单元可以用于控制所述通信装置或者发送节点的开启或关闭,或者,可以用于配置所述通信装置或发送节点的至少一个参数,以保证所述通信装置或发送节点的正常运行或者实现所述通信装置或者发送节点的灵活配置,所述至少一个参数可以是与所述通信装置或发送节点运行有关的任意参数。The embodiment of the present application also provides a control device, the control device includes the sending node described in Figure 9-Figure 13, or is used to implement at least one of the sending nodes described in Figure 9-Figure 13 means of communicating methods or steps. Further, the control device further includes a processing unit, configured to process data interacted through the communication device, and/or, used to control or configure the communication device. In one design, the processing unit may be used to control on or off of the communication device or sending node, or may be used to configure at least one parameter of the communication device or sending node, so as to ensure that the communication device or sending node Normal operation of the sending node or flexible configuration of the communication device or the sending node, the at least one parameter may be any parameter related to the operation of the communication device or the sending node.
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的结构示意图。芯片2100包括一个或多个处理器2101以及接口电路2102。可选的,所述芯片2100还可以包含总线2103。其中:FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application. The chip 2100 includes one or more processors 2101 and an interface circuit 2102 . Optionally, the chip 2100 may further include a bus 2103 . in:
处理器2101可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器2101中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器2101可以是通用处理器、数字通信器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。The processor 2101 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 2101 or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor 2101 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital communicator (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components . Various methods and steps disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
接口电路2102可以用于数据、指令或者信息的发送或者接收,处理器2101可以利用接口电路2102接收的数据、指令或者其它信息,进行加工,可以将加工完成信息通过接口电路2102发送出去。The interface circuit 2102 can be used for sending or receiving data, instructions or information. The processor 2101 can use the data, instructions or other information received by the interface circuit 2102 to process, and can send the processing completion information through the interface circuit 2102 .
可选的,芯片还包括存储器,存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供操作指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器(NVRAM)。Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, which may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides operation instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
可选的,存储器存储了可执行软件模块或者数据结构,处理器可以通过调用存储器存储的操作指令(该操作指令可存储在操作系统中),执行相应的操作。Optionally, the memory stores executable software modules or data structures, and the processor can execute corresponding operations by calling operation instructions stored in the memory (the operation instructions can be stored in the operating system).
可选的,芯片可以使用在本申请实施例涉及的通信装置中。可选的,接口电路2102可用于输出处理器2101的执行结果。关于本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的通信方法可参考前述各个实施例,这里不再赘述。Optionally, the chip may be used in the communication device involved in the embodiment of the present application. Optionally, the interface circuit 2102 may be used to output the execution result of the processor 2101 . Regarding the communication method provided by one or more embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
需要说明的,处理器2101、接口电路2102各自对应的功能既可以通过硬件设计实现,也可以通过软件设计来实现,还可以通过软硬件结合的方式来实现,这里不作限制。It should be noted that the corresponding functions of the processor 2101 and the interface circuit 2102 can be realized by hardware design, software design, or a combination of software and hardware, which is not limited here.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art should understand that the embodiments of the present application may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to the present application. It should be understood that each procedure and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and a combination of procedures and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be realized by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions may be provided to a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or processor of other programmable data processing equipment to produce a machine such that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment produce a An apparatus for realizing the functions specified in one or more procedures of the flowchart and/or one or more blocks of the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a specific manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising instruction means, the instructions The device realizes the function specified in one or more procedures of the flowchart and/or one or more blocks of the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device, causing a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process, thereby The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in the flow chart or blocks of the flowchart and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (22)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    发送第一信息,所述第一信息包含连接配置信息,所述连接配置信息用于接收节点与发送节点建立通信连接;Sending first information, where the first information includes connection configuration information, and the connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the receiving node and the sending node;
    确定当前与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接的目标接收节点的数量达到第一阈值时,执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括以下中的一个:When it is determined that the number of target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node reaches a first threshold, perform a first operation, where the first operation includes one of the following:
    停止发送所述第一信息;stop sending the first message;
    发送更新后的第一信息,所述更新后的第一信息不包含所述连接配置信息;或者,sending updated first information, where the updated first information does not include the connection configuration information; or,
    发送第二信息,所述第二信息包含所述连接配置信息以及指示标识,所述指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与所述发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描所述发送节点。Sending second information, where the second information includes the connection configuration information and an indication, and the indication is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or that the receiving node is prohibited from scanning the sending node.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述连接配置信息包括所述发送节点的通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。The method according to claim 1, wherein the connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,在执行第一操作之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein after performing the first operation, the method further comprises:
    确定满足第一条件;determine that the first condition is met;
    发送所述第一信息;sending said first message;
    其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
    确定当前与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接的所述目标接收节点的数量小于所述第一阈值、所述发送节点与所述目标接收节点中的任意节点之间的通信链路异常、所述目标接收节点中的任意节点处于非连接状态、所述目标接收节点中的任意节点关联的电芯异常、所述发送节点的通信资源更新、或者所述第一阈值更新。Determining that the number of the target receiving nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold, the communication link between the sending node and any node in the target receiving nodes is abnormal, the Any node in the target receiving node is in a disconnected state, a battery cell associated with any node in the target receiving node is abnormal, a communication resource of the sending node is updated, or the first threshold is updated.
  4. 如权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the method further comprises:
    确定在第一预设时长内,所述目标接收节点的数量未达到所述第一阈值,执行第二操作;determining that the number of target receiving nodes has not reached the first threshold within a first preset time period, and performing a second operation;
    其中,所述第二操作包括上报第一接收节点的异常信息、上报所述第一接收节点关联的电芯的异常信息、停止发送所述第一信息、或调整发送所述第一信息的周期中的至少一项;Wherein, the second operation includes reporting the abnormal information of the first receiving node, reporting the abnormal information of the cell associated with the first receiving node, stopping sending the first information, or adjusting the cycle of sending the first information at least one of the
    所述第一接收节点为在所述第一预设时长内未成功与所述发送节点建立通信连接的接收节点。The first receiving node is a receiving node that fails to establish a communication connection with the sending node within the first preset time period.
  5. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    在第一时间窗发送第一信息,所述第一信息包含连接第一配置信息,所述第一连接配置信息用于属于第一分组的第一节点与发送节点建立通信连接;其中,所述第一分组对应所述第一时间窗;Sending first information in a first time window, where the first information includes connection first configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between a first node belonging to a first group and a sending node; wherein, the The first group corresponds to the first time window;
    在所述第一时间窗内,确定所述第一分组中当前与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接的第一目标节点的数量达到第一阈值时,执行第一操作,所述第一操作包括以下中的一个:Within the first time window, when it is determined that the number of first target nodes in the first group that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node reaches a first threshold, perform a first operation, the first operation includes one of the following:
    停止发送所述第一信息;stop sending the first message;
    发送更新后的第一信息,所述更新后的第一信息不包含所述第一连接配置信息;或者,sending updated first information, where the updated first information does not include the first connection configuration information; or,
    发送第二信息,所述第二信息包含所述第一连接配置信息以及第一指示标识,所述第一指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与所述发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描 所述发送节点;Sending second information, where the second information includes the first connection configuration information and a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited scan the sending node;
    其中,所述第一阈值为所述第一时间窗对应的阈值。Wherein, the first threshold is a threshold corresponding to the first time window.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 5, further comprising:
    在第二时间窗发送第三信息,所述第三信息包含第二连接配置信息,所述第二连接配置信息用于属于第二分组的第二节点与所述发送节点建立通信连接;其中,所述第二分组对应所述第二时间窗,所述第一时间窗与所述第二时间窗不存在重叠的时间资源,和/或,所述第一分组和所述第二分组中不存在相同的节点;Sending third information in a second time window, where the third information includes second connection configuration information, and the second connection configuration information is used for a second node belonging to the second group to establish a communication connection with the sending node; wherein, The second group corresponds to the second time window, and there is no overlapping time resource between the first time window and the second time window, and/or, the first group and the second group do not the same node exists;
    在所述第二时间窗内,确定所述第二分组中当前与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接的第二目标节点的数量达到第二阈值时,执行第三操作,所述第三操作包括以下中的一个:Within the second time window, when it is determined that the number of second target nodes in the second group that have successfully established a communication connection with the sending node reaches a second threshold, perform a third operation, the third operation includes one of the following:
    停止发送所述第三信息;或者,stop sending said third message; or,
    发送更新后的第三信息,所述更新后的第三信息不包含所述第二连接配置信息;或者,sending updated third information, where the updated third information does not include the second connection configuration information; or,
    发送第四信息,所述第四信息包含所述第二连接配置信息以及第二指示标识,所述第二指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与所述发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描所述发送节点;Send fourth information, where the fourth information includes the second connection configuration information and a second indicator, and the second indicator is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from creating a new communication connection with the sending node and/or the receiving node is prohibited scan the sending node;
    其中,所述第二阈值为所述第二时间窗对应的阈值。Wherein, the second threshold is a threshold corresponding to the second time window.
  7. 如权利要求5或6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一连接配置信息包括所述发送节点的通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。The method according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the first connection configuration information includes at least one of the communication domain domain name, communication domain identifier, layer 2 link identifier, or physical layer identifier of the sending node .
  8. 如权利要求5-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在执行第一操作之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 5-7, wherein after performing the first operation, the method further comprises:
    在所述第一时间窗内,确定满足第一条件;Within the first time window, determine that a first condition is met;
    发送所述第一信息;sending said first message;
    其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
    确定当前与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接的所述第一目标节点的数量小于所述第一阈值、所述发送节点与所述第一目标节点中的任意节点之间的通信链路异常、所述第一目标节点中的任意节点处于非连接状态、所述第一目标节点中的任意节点关联的电芯异常、所述发送节点的通信资源更新、或者所述第一阈值更新。determining that the number of the first target nodes that have successfully established communication connections with the sending node is less than the first threshold, the communication link between the sending node and any node in the first target node is abnormal, Any node in the first target node is in a disconnected state, a battery cell associated with any node in the first target node is abnormal, a communication resource of the sending node is updated, or the first threshold is updated.
  9. 如权利要求5-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 5-8, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一时间窗内,确定所述第一目标节点的数量未达到所述第一阈值,执行第二操作;Within the first time window, determine that the number of the first target nodes has not reached the first threshold, and perform a second operation;
    其中,所述第二操作包括上报第三节点的异常信息、上报所述第三节点关联的电芯的异常信息、停止发送所述第一信息、或调整发送所述第一信息的周期中的至少一项;Wherein, the second operation includes reporting the abnormal information of the third node, reporting the abnormal information of the batteries associated with the third node, stopping sending the first information, or adjusting the period of sending the first information. at least one;
    所述第三节点为所述第一分组中在所述第一时间窗内未成功与所述发送节点建立通信连接的节点。The third node is a node in the first group that fails to establish a communication connection with the sending node within the first time window.
  10. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    在第一时间窗内,接收第一信息,所述第一信息包含第一连接配置信息,所述第一连接配置信息用于属于第一分组的第一节点与发送节点建立通信连接,所述第一分组对应所述第一时间窗;Within the first time window, receiving first information, the first information includes first connection configuration information, and the first connection configuration information is used to establish a communication connection between the first node belonging to the first group and the sending node, the The first group corresponds to the first time window;
    在与所述发送节点成功建立通信连接之后,执行以下任一个:After successfully establishing a communication connection with the sending node, perform any of the following:
    在所述第一时间窗的剩余时间不接收所述第一信息,以及在所述第一时间窗之外的时间不接收所述第一信息;或者,not receiving said first information for the remainder of said first time window, and not receiving said first information at times outside said first time window; or,
    在所述第一时间窗的剩余时间内接收更新后的第一信息,所述更新后的第一信息不包含所述第一连接配置信息;或者,Receive updated first information within the remaining time of the first time window, where the updated first information does not include the first connection configuration information; or,
    在所述第一时间窗的剩余时间内接收第二信息,所述第二信息包含所述第一连接配置信息以及第一指示标识,所述第一指示标识用于指示禁止接收节点与所述发送节点新建通信连接和/或禁止接收节点扫描所述发送节点。Receive second information within the remaining time of the first time window, the second information includes the first connection configuration information and a first indication, and the first indication is used to indicate that the receiving node is prohibited from communicating with the The sending node establishes a communication connection and/or prohibits the receiving node from scanning the sending node.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一连接配置信息包括所述发送节点的通信域域名、通信域标识、层2链路标识、或物理层标识中的至少一个。The method according to claim 10, wherein the first connection configuration information includes at least one of a communication domain domain name, a communication domain identifier, a layer 2 link identifier, or a physical layer identifier of the sending node.
  12. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1-4中任一项所述方法的模块,或者,包括用于执行如权利要求5-9中任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for performing the method according to any one of claims 1-4, or comprising a module for performing the method according to any one of claims 5-9 .
  13. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求10或11所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for performing the method according to claim 10 or 11.
  14. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1-4中任一项所述方法,或者,用于实现如权利要求5-9中任一项所述方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or transmit signals from the The signal of the processor is sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-4 through a logic circuit or to execute code instructions, or to implement The method as described in any one of claims 5-9.
  15. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求10或权利要求11所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or transmit signals from the The signal of the processor is sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor implements the method as claimed in claim 10 or claim 11 through a logic circuit or executing code instructions.
  16. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:A communication system, characterized in that it includes:
    发送节点,用于执行如权利要求1-4或权利要求5-9中任一项所述的方法;A sending node, configured to perform the method according to any one of claims 1-4 or claims 5-9;
    接收节点,用于执行如权利要求10或权利要求11所述的方法。The receiving node is configured to execute the method as claimed in claim 10 or claim 11.
  17. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求1-4中任一项、或权利要求5-9中任一项、或权利要求10或11所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that computer programs or instructions are stored in the storage medium, and when the computer programs or instructions are executed by a communication device, any one of claims 1-4, or The method of any one of claims 5-9, or claim 10 or 11.
  18. 一种终端,其特征在于,所述终端包括如权利要求12-14任一项所述的通信装置。A terminal, characterized in that the terminal comprises the communication device according to any one of claims 12-14.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的终端,其特征在于,所述终端为车辆。The terminal according to claim 18, wherein the terminal is a vehicle.
  20. 一种电池装置,其特征在于,包括如权利要求13或15所述的通信装置,以及一个或多个电芯。A battery device, characterized by comprising the communication device according to claim 13 or 15, and one or more battery cells.
  21. 一种控制装置,其特征在于,包括如权利要求12或14所述的通信装置。A control device, characterized by comprising the communication device according to claim 12 or 14.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的控制装置,其特征在于,所述控制装置还包含处理单元,所述处理单元用于处理通过所述通信装置交互的数据,和/或,用于控制或配置所述通信装置。The control device according to claim 21, characterized in that, the control device further comprises a processing unit for processing data interacted through the communication device, and/or for controlling or configuring the communication device.
PCT/CN2022/132762 2022-02-07 2022-11-18 Communication method, apparatus and system WO2023147735A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210115941.4A CN116600371A (en) 2022-02-07 2022-02-07 Communication method, device and system
CN202210115941.4 2022-02-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023147735A1 true WO2023147735A1 (en) 2023-08-10

Family

ID=87553155

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/132762 WO2023147735A1 (en) 2022-02-07 2022-11-18 Communication method, apparatus and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116600371A (en)
WO (1) WO2023147735A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117621913A (en) * 2022-08-17 2024-03-01 华为技术有限公司 Battery management method, device and system

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110546849A (en) * 2017-11-24 2019-12-06 株式会社Lg化学 Wireless battery management system and method for protecting battery pack using the same
CN112333843A (en) * 2019-08-05 2021-02-05 硅工厂股份有限公司 Wireless battery management system, wireless communication node and time slot allocation method
US20210068033A1 (en) * 2019-08-30 2021-03-04 Silicon Works Co., Ltd. Wireless Battery Management System, Node For Wireless Communication, And Network Establishment Method
WO2021053721A1 (en) * 2019-09-17 2021-03-25 株式会社 東芝 Storage battery device
CN113455026A (en) * 2021-05-28 2021-09-28 华为技术有限公司 Access method and communication device
US20220029429A1 (en) * 2020-07-24 2022-01-27 Inventus Power, Inc. Mode-based battery management system

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110546849A (en) * 2017-11-24 2019-12-06 株式会社Lg化学 Wireless battery management system and method for protecting battery pack using the same
CN112333843A (en) * 2019-08-05 2021-02-05 硅工厂股份有限公司 Wireless battery management system, wireless communication node and time slot allocation method
US20210068033A1 (en) * 2019-08-30 2021-03-04 Silicon Works Co., Ltd. Wireless Battery Management System, Node For Wireless Communication, And Network Establishment Method
WO2021053721A1 (en) * 2019-09-17 2021-03-25 株式会社 東芝 Storage battery device
US20220029429A1 (en) * 2020-07-24 2022-01-27 Inventus Power, Inc. Mode-based battery management system
CN113455026A (en) * 2021-05-28 2021-09-28 华为技术有限公司 Access method and communication device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116600371A (en) 2023-08-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11011917B2 (en) Wireless battery management apparatus and battery pack including same
US11871349B2 (en) Sleep method for terminal device and apparatus
CN109997289B (en) Wireless battery management system and battery pack including the same
US8471525B2 (en) Apparatus and method for charging internal battery in wireless sensor network
US11044672B2 (en) Station wake-up method and station
KR101560649B1 (en) Reporting power disruptions of machine-to-machine devices
CN110557776A (en) network connection control method, terminal and storage medium
CN110854945B (en) Wireless earphone charging control method and charging device
US11968622B2 (en) Intelligent power saving
US10924991B2 (en) Station association method and apparatus
WO2023147735A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2021163896A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20210360738A1 (en) Resource management method and apparatus
EP4084524A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP3592062B1 (en) Signal processing method and apparatus
CN111511020A (en) Data transmission method and device and computer storage medium
US20230209645A1 (en) Drx packet wake-up method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
JP2014530522A (en) Method and apparatus for adaptive paging in a peer-to-peer network
WO2021217452A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, communication device and storage medium
US20130115992A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling wireless devices
WO2023102933A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and system
KR20120071927A (en) Apparatus and method for communicating
CN112788786A (en) Network connection control method, terminal and storage medium
WO2024140489A1 (en) Energy saving method and apparatus
CN112788649B (en) Network connection control method, terminal and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22924662

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1